Vi MAC Pt. 1, R. 37.I.7501.03002
, Construction and Maintenance of Driveway, County Road and
Cite as Vi Miss. Admin. Code Pt. 1, R. 37.I.7501.03002
, Construction and Maintenance of Driveway, County Road and
Municipal Street Connections to State Highways. Temporary median openings, additional
median openings and left turn bays must be approved and be provided in accordance with
Section 501.7 & 501.8 of this Rule.
Where frontage roads exist, new streets or roads will be connected to the frontage road and
not the through lanes unless approved by the Commission.
Reference is made to plans of typical road and street connections included in this Rule and
the MDOT Access Management Manual.
TEMPORARY
CONNECTIONS
FOR
STREETS
AND
ROADS
TO
PARTIALLY
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS
The following provision will apply to permits for construction of temporary connections for
street or road connections to partially controlled access highways:
1. Where officially platted and dedicated streets and roads, or other streets and roads, are
improved or constructed after completion of a partially controlled access highway on
which frontage roads have not been provided, and on which access rights between
median crossovers were not purchased with the right of way, permits may be approved
on a temporary basis by the Chief Engineer for direct connections to the traveled way
and temporary median openings conforming to spacing requirements in SECTION
1001.1 below. Temporary median openings not in compliance with SECTION 1001.1
require approval of the Commission by order spread upon its minutes as outlined in
SECTIONS 1001.1 through 1001.4 below. The governing authority (county, city, etc.)
constructing such streets or roads will be responsible for the entire cost of providing
such temporary connections. When median openings for such temporary connections
are authorized, such openings including necessary left turn bays, together with all
approved traffic control devices, will be constructed and erected by the Department.
The widths of such intersecting street or road connections will be limited to the normal
intersecting street or road width and turning radii specified as deemed sufficient for the
type of traffic expected. Minimum Turning Radii shall conform to the most current
version of the MDOT Roadway Design Manual, Chapter 6.
2. It is required that such temporary connections will be constructed to connect with the
frontage road at the time a frontage road is provided and will not thereafter connect with
the through traffic lanes. When the temporary connection is reconstructed to connect
with the frontage road, the median opening will be removed by the Department. Proper
notice to this condition of approval shall be placed on the permit. (Reference:
SECTION 507 of this Rule and the MDOT Access Management Manual, Current
Edition).
ADDITIONAL MEDIAN OPENINGS AND LEFT TURN BAYS ON CONVENTIONAL AND
PARTIALLY CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS
1000 Medians separating opposite direction travel lanes are installed for the primary purpose of
moving traffic in a safe and efficient manner. The introduction of median openings or
crossovers impedes the smooth flow of traffic, thus reducing the capacity of the highway.
Regulation of median openings on existing multi-lane divided highways with conventional
or partial control of access is necessary to provide reasonably convenient access to adjacent
roadside property in a uniform manner and still maintain the integrity of the system.
1001 The provisions for the spacing and construction of additional median openings and left turn
bays on conventional highways, and on partially controlled access highways on which
access rights between the median openings were not purchased with the right-of-way shall
be in accordance with the MDOT Access Management Manual, Current Edition, Section 5,
Median Policy and Appendix 3:
1. Exceptions to the normal minimum spacing intervals as specified in the MDOT Access
Management Manual, Section 5 and Appendix 3 for additional median openings will be
considered for access to commercial activities and political subdivisions (city, county,
school, etc.) provided all the following criteria are met:
A. It must be documented that the additional median opening will benefit the overall
safety and traffic flow of the users of the main facility and does not just serve a
particular development for their own benefit.
B. Adequate distances are available for the construction of tapers, left turn bays and for
turning movements of traffic.
C. Stopping sight distance meets the current edition, and any interim requirements, of
the MDOT Roadway Design Manual, using 3R criteria.
D. U-turn traffic movement restrictions for class vehicles accessing adjacent properties
must be addressed.
2. The State Traffic Engineer reviews all requests for additional median openings. This
includes the conversion of a 4-lane divided highway to a 5-lane facility. Upon
completion of the review, the State Traffic Engineer will forward recommendations to
the Assistant Chief Engineer-Field Operations.
3. Additional median openings not in compliance with the required spacings as specified
in Section 5 and Appendix 3 of the MDOT Access Management Guide will require
approval of the Commission by order spread upon its minutes.
4. The construction of additional median openings and necessary left turn bays together
with all approved traffic control devices will be as follows:
A. If the business/traffic generator existed at the requested location of the median
crossover prior to the award of the highway contract to construct the divided
highway, the Department will be responsible for construction of the median
crossover, necessary left turn bays, and traffic control devices as required.
B. If the business/traffic generator was not in existence prior to the award of the
highway contract to construct the divided highway, then the business/traffic
generator will be responsible for performing all necessary work in accordance with
the Department’s regulations, standards and permits.
5. Relocation of an existing median crossover can only be approved if the following
conditions are met:
A. Spacing requirements as described in Section 5 and Appendix 3 of the MDOT
Access Management Guide are met;
B. Property owners affected by the proposed relocation must agree to the new location;
and
C. All relocation requests must be approved by the State Traffic Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION OF FRONTAGE ROADS ON CONVENTIONAL AND PARTIALLY
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS
1100 SECTIONS 1101 and 1102 below do not apply to those projects on which the access rights
between median openings were purchased with the right of way. On these projects no
provision was made for construction of frontage roads either partly or wholly on the right of
way. Refer to the MDOT Access Management Manual, Sections 2 and 5, Median Policy for
further details on medians.
1101 Applications for permits may be approved for construction of frontage roads on the
highway right of way, or partly on highway right of way, in instances where the abutting
property has not been sufficiently developed to warrant construction of a frontage road at
State expense. In these instances, the permit will provide for such construction to be in
accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Department, and further provide
that the frontage road will be maintained by the applicant. A condition for approval of the
permit is the applicant maintains the facility as a public road. In the case that ownership of
the property changes from the original applicant, then responsibility for such maintenance
carries over to the new property owner.
1102 Applications for permits may be approved for construction of frontage roads on the
highway right of way, or partly on the highway right of way, where same is made necessary
by commercial or residential development of abutting property which, without construction
of a frontage road, would adversely affect traffic safety. Such construction will be in
accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Department and may be
accomplished as agreed upon. If the facility is to be maintained by the applicant, a
condition for approval of the permit is the applicant or subsequent property owners as
discussed above in Paragraph I(2), maintain the facility as a public road. Where
maintenance of the completed facility is to be the responsibility of the Department, the
applicant will furnish an appropriate instrument or conveyance on any additional right of
way necessary for the maintenance of the completed facility.
1103 Frontage roads constructed under SECTIONS 1101 and 1102 above will connect to
existing roads or streets entering the highway at a median opening, or connect to the
highway at an existing median opening, or at a location where a median opening can be
constructed in accordance with the requirements for additional median openings on
conventional and partially controlled access highways. No permit shall be approved for a
frontage road to connect with the highway except at a location opposite an existing median
opening, or opposite a location at which a median opening may be constructed in
accordance with the requirements for additional median openings on conventional and
partially controlled access highways. The width of the connections of frontage roads with
the traveled way will be limited to not more than fifty (50) feet measured parallel to the
highway and the turning radii specified as required by the MDOT Roadway Design Manual
for the type of traffic expected.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
1200 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, Current Edition.
1201 MDOT Roadway Design Manual, Current Edition.
1202 MDOT Roadway Design Manual Standard Drawings, Current Edition.
1203 Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality - Office of Pollution.
1204 Mississippi State Department of Health.
1205 Section 65-1-8, Mississippi Code 1972 Annotated.
1206 United States Postal Service.
1207 37.I.8101.00001, Types of Highways.
1208 37.I.7501.03001, Processing of Permits.
1209 37.I.7501.03002, Construction and Maintenance of Driveway, County Road and Municipal
Street Connections to State Highway.
1210 For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
1211 For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
1212 MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
1213 MDOT Access Management Manual, Current Edition.
Chapter 04014 Alteration of Drainage Channels
Purpose
To establish a policy for the widening, deepening, straightening or otherwise altering
drainage channels by drainage districts or abutting land owners.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate the widening, deepening,
straightening or otherwise altering drainage channels on Mississippi Department of
Transportation right of way by drainage districts or abutting land owners.
It will be the responsibility of the Mississippi Transportation Commission, hereinafter
“Commission”, to adapt its plans for highway improvements to meet conditions resulting
from planned improvements by Drainage Districts or abutting land owners under the
following circumstances:
1.
The Drainage District has acquired the rights of way for its improvements;
2.
The title to the abutting land rests with those planning the improvements; and
3.
The Commission has not acquired title to the highway rights of way.
It will be the responsibility of the Drainage Districts and abutting land owners to adapt their
plans to the Commission’s plans where the highway rights of way were acquired prior to the
Drainage District acquiring rights of way for its improvements or prior to others planning
improvements having acquired the abutting property.
It will be the responsibility of the Drainage Districts and abutters to adapt their plans to
existing highway channels, drainage structures and bridges.
In lieu of conforming to the plans of the Commission or to existing facilities as set out in
Paragraph B and C above, the Drainage Districts or abutters may enter into agreements with
this Commission providing for the alteration of the highway plans or existing highway
facilities to accommodate the planned improvements. Any increase in project costs due to
such plan change or the costs of altering existing highway facilities, including engineering
costs incurred by the Commission or private engineers, will accrue to the Drainage District
or to the abutter. Such agreements will provide for reimbursement for any damage to the
highway or highway structures and save the Mississippi Transportation Commission and
Mississippi Department of Transportation, hereinafter “Department” harmless from any
claims for damages due to the improvements proposed by the Drainage Districts or abutters.
When neither the Drainage District nor the Commission has acquired rights of way for
planned construction, representatives of both governmental agencies should meet and with
the aid of council and within the framework of the law, seek a solution compatible with the
aims of both agencies. Such solution will be set out in an agreement approved by this
Commission.
When a Department highway permit and agreement is required, it shall be processed in
accordance with Rule 37.I.7501.03001, Processing of Permit Applications.
When the Drainage District requires a permit from the Department, it shall be processed
under the rules and regulations of the Drainage District.
If other entities or individuals, other than Drainage Districts, make a request to alter existing
drainage channels that affects the Commission’s drainage system(s) on the highway right of
way, their request will be reviewed and processed on a case by case basis beginning with
the applicable District Engineer.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
37.I.7501.04007, Application for Permit to Locate Certain Facilities on or to Perform
Certain Work on State Highway Right of Way, Form MND-004.
Supplement Form for Additional Sheets for Form MND-001, MND-002, and MND-004,
Form MND-005.
37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits.
37.I.7501.03001, Processing of Permit Applications.
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 04015 Parallel Utility Lines and Overhead Crossing Encroachment Permits
Purpose
To establish a policy for location and construction of parallel utility lines and overhead
crossings.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate the location and construction of
parallel utility lines and overhead crossings on Mississippi Department of Transportation right of
way.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
SECTION 200
GENERAL
2.
SECTION 300
TYPES OF HIGHWAYS
3.
SECTION 400
OVERHEAD POWER AND
COMMUNICATION LINES –
CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS (TYPE 3)
4.
SECTION 500
UNDERGROUND POWER AND
COMMUNICATION LINES –
CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS (TYPE 3)
5.
SECTION 600
PIPE LINES – CONVENTIONAL
HIGHWAYS (TYPE 3)
6.
SECTION 700
PARALLEL LOCATIONS PARTIALLY
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS
(TYPE 2A AND 2B)
7.
SECTION 800
PARALLEL LOCATIONS AND
CROSSINGS – FREEWAYS (TYPE 1)
8.
SECTION 900
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS –
ALL HIGHWAYS
9.
SECTION 1000
GENERAL – APPLICABLE TO ALL LINES
10.
SECTION 1100
REFERENCES
GENERAL
The Mississippi Department of Transportation, hereinafter the Department, will authorize
permits for parallel utility lines and overhead crossings as set out below.
Utility installations, adjustments and relocation are to be located and made with due
consideration to highway and utility costs and in a manner that will be the least hazard to
the highway users, that will constitute the least interference with the highway facilities
and their operations, that will comply with the minimum clearances and that will not
appreciably increase the difficulty of or cost of maintenance of the highway.
TYPES OF HIGHWAYS
Type 1, 2A, 2B and 3 highways are defined in Rule 37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way
Encroachment Permits.
OVERHEAD POWER AND COMMUNICATION LINES - CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS
(TYPE3)
General - Overhead lines will be located as near the right of way line as possible, taking
into consideration the length of the cross arm and the preservation of desirable trees and
vegetation insofar as such preservation is in accordance with practical considerations of
utility pole alignment, however, such alignment must be in accordance with the
requirements of the clear roadsides and scenic enhancement policy expressed in Rule
941-7501-04017, Location of Above Ground Utility or Other Structures Affecting Traffic
and Scenic Enhancement.
Construction Areas - Overhead lines may be located in areas other than medians within
construction limits where such limits are sufficient distance from the traveled way that
such location would not result in any support brace or guy interfering with traffic safety or
interfere with the construction or maintenance of the highway.
Joint Use Agreements - Where there is not sufficient right of way or it appears necessary to
conserve available right of way to accommodate present and future utility applications, joint use
of a single pole, overhead facility by agreement between the several utilities is
encouraged. Such agreements may also reduce impairment of the visual quality of the
highway.
Attachment to Bridges, etc. - Electric power and communication lines shall not be
attached or affixed to bridges and grade separation structures nor will they be permitted
through pipe culverts, box culverts or box bridges. Crossings may be permitted over or
under bridges or grade separation structures where proper clearances from the structure
and from the traveled way are obtained.
Ground-Roadway Clearance - Overhead lines will cross the highway as near normal to
the highway alignments as practical and be of durable materials and as maintenance free as
feasible. All overhead lines will have a minimum ground clearance of sixteen (16) feet in
order
to provide free access to the rights of way by the various types of equipment
employed
in
maintaining the highways. Vertical clearance to all wires from the roadways
will
be
in
accordance with the National Electrical Safety Code, Current Edition, but with
a
minimum
clearance from roadways as follows:
Communication lines 18’ minimum
Power Line 0-750 volts
20’ minimum
Over 750 volts 24’ minimum
405 Low and High Speed Highways - Rule 941-7501-04017, Location of Above
Ground Utility or other Structures Affecting Traffic Safety and Scenic enhancement,
outlines the specific horizontal clearances required for above ground installations on low
and high speed highways. Above ground installations include utility and traffic signal
poles and highway or street lighting supports.
Medians - Overhead power and communication lines to be constructed parallel to the
highway shall not be placed in the medians of multiple lane highways except as necessary
for approved street or highway lighting or traffic signals. Poles or standards for street
highways in accordance with Rule 941-7501-04017, Location of Above Ground Utility or
Other Structures Affecting Safety and Scenic Enhancement, and will be of a type that
will not adversely affect or mar the appearance of the area traversed.
Median Crossings - No utility poles or other above ground supports for overhead crossings
may be placed in the medians as a part of utility highway crossings unless, in
each
case,
a
determination is made by the Chief Engineer that without such pole or
support located in the
median, the line would be (1) extremely difficult and unreasonably
costly
to
the
utility
consumer, (2) the installation in the median will not adversely affect
to a substantial degree
the design, construction, stability, traffic safety or operation of the highway and (3) that in case the
highway is designated as a fully or partially controlled
access
facility
every
practicable
provision will be made for servicing the utility without
access from the through traffic lanes or
ramps, including removal to a new location.
Appurtenances - Pay telephone booths, transformer banks involving multiple pole
supports, substations, etc., are not to be permitted upon the right of way. Repeater
cabinets such as those used by telephone companies may be installed on poles located on
the right of way provided concrete slabs of sufficient size to enclose the poles and
servicing area are constructed flush with the ground and are constructed so as to prevent
vegetative growth and not impede mowing of adjacent vegetation. This paragraph is not to
be construed so as to prevent the location of needed facilities in rest or recreation areas and
in
hospitality stations.
UNDERGROUND
POWER
AND
COMMUNICATION
LINES
-
CONVENTIONAL
HIGHWAYS (TYPE 3)
General - Underground cables, conduits and other approved installations should be
located outside construction limits and as near the right of way line as feasible. Future
highway reconstruction widening or other possible improvements should be considered
when locating the utility. Highway and street crossings will be as near normal to the
highway and street alignment as practical and be of durable materials and as maintenance
free as feasible. (Reference: Rule 941-7501-04001, Underground Utility Crossings)
Permissible Locations - All installations should be located outside cut and fill slopes;
however, in some instances narrow right of way widths and conflicts with other utilities on
relatively unimproved roads may require a location in such slopes and such location
require
special measures to be taken by the applicant for prevention of erosion as directed
by
the
District Engineer. In situations of narrow right of way it may be preferred that
underground
cables or conduits with manholes flush with the ground be permitted at the
back of a regular
cut ditch near the toe of the cut slope when such location would not
Prohibited Locations
1. No parallel electric power or communication utility lines are to be attached or affixed to
bridges or grade separation structures. No parallel line will be located within the
pavement, the shoulders, or within the limits of any prepared base, subbase or treated
design soil or at locations which would require any of the foregoing to be disturbed
during construction or maintenance of the utility. Underground power and
communication lines to be constructed parallel to the highway shall not be placed in the
medians of multiple lane highways except as necessary for approved street or highway
lighting or traffic signals.
2. Underground transmission power lines will not be permitted to be installed parallel or
crossing the highway right of way.
3. Underground distribution power lines (7,200 to 13,000 Volts), when approved, will
require that the electrical power line be placed in a steel encasement throughout the
entire highway right of way and extend a minimum distance of two (2) feet outside the
highway right of way lines.
Appurtenances - Pedestal type underground cable connections such as those commonly
used by telephone companies may be permitted to be installed within the outer two (2)
feet of the rights of way. Such pedestal type connections may also be permitted to be
installed within two (2) feet of existing permanently located utility poles. Upon relocation
of such pole the pedestals will be relocated to comply with this paragraph.
This paragraph is
not to be construed so as to prevent the location of needed facilities in
rest or recreation areas
and in hospitality stations. (Reference: Rule 941-7501-04017,
Location of Above Ground
Utility or Other Structures Affecting Traffic Safety and
Scenic Enhancement).
Underground power and communication lines will comply with Rule 941-7501-4001,
Underground Utility Crossings, except for restrictions outlined in prohibited locations
sections in this Rule (Rule 941-7501-04015, Parallel Utility and Overhead Crossing
Encroachment Permits).
PIPE LINES - CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS (TYPE 3)
Permissible Locations - It is preferred that utility pipelines be located outside
construction limits and as near the right of way line as feasible. Wide cut sections and
and other improvements planned for the highway should be considered when locating the
pipeline. In special cases, water line crossings may be attached to bridges when the
applicant shows just cause as outlined in Rule 941-7501-06001, Accommodation of
Utilities on Freeway Rights of Way, Section 2, Paragraphs A, B, C and D and the water
line installation will not damage the bridge or interfere with traffic or maintenance of the
bridge. Where permitted, such water lines will be placed well outside bridge abutment
fills and may be attached to intermediate bents or piers after approaching same
underground from the parallel location of the line. The method of attachment will be
shown in detailed drawings on the application and must be approved by the Bridge
Engineer. The installation will be of durable materials and designed to be as maintenance
free as is feasible. In some instances narrow right of way widths or conflicts with other
utilities may require a location within construction limits and such location required
special measures to be taken by the applicant for prevention of erosion as directed by the
District Engineer. In municipal or other built-up sections there may not be enough
unpaved area in which to locate parallel pipelines. These instances will be treated as
special cases, each according to its merits. They should be fully documented and referred
to the State Maintenance Engineer for disposition.
Prohibited Locations - Pipelines, other than water lines as discussed above, are not to be
attached or affixed to bridges, grade separation structures or drainage structures. High
pressure parallel transmission lines moving gases and petroleum products are not to be
constructed on state highway rights of way. No parallel pipeline will be permitted within
the limits of the pavement, the shoulders, the slopes of any prepared base, subbase,
treated design soil or at locations which would require any of the foregoing to be disturbed
during construction or maintenance of the line. Parallel pressure pipelines or
force mains will
not be permitted in the medians of multiple lane highways. Parallel
gravity flow pipelines
may be permitted in the medians provided, in each case, a determination is made by the Chief
Engineer that without such location in the median the
line will be (a) extremely difficult and
unreasonably costly to the user, (b) the installation in the median will not adversely affect to a
substantial degree the design, construction stability, traffic safety or operation of the highway,
and (c) that in case the highway is
designated as a fully or partially controlled access highway,
every practicable provision will be made for servicing the utility without access from the through
traffic roadways or
from the ramps, including removal to a new location.
Appurtenances - Lift stations, wells, gas and water meters, anode fields, etc., are not to be
permitted on state highway rights of way. Where municipal streets have been taken for
state maintenance as a state highway, water and gas meters may be installed back of the
curbs if agreeable to municipal authorities. This paragraph is not to be construed so as to
prevent the location of needed facilities in rest or recreation areas and in hospitality
stations.
Underground pipeline crossings will comply with Rule 941-7501-04001, Underground
Utility Crossings, except for restrictions outlined in prohibited locations sections in this
Rule (Rule 941-7501-04015, Parallel Utility and Overhead Crossing Encroachment
Permits).
PARALLEL LOCATIONS PARTIALLY CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS (TYPE 2A and
2B)
General - Except as restricted herein the same general requirements for location of above
ground and underground parallel lines on conventional highways will apply to their
location on partially controlled access highways.
Permissible Locations - All Lines
1. For highways designated to have Type 2A access, it is preferred that parallel lines on
partially controlled access highways be located between the frontage roads and the right
of way line. In extreme situations they may be located in the outer separation, provided
there is no interference with highway maintenance operations or drainage and the line
will be serviced from the frontage road. If frontage roads have not been constructed at
the time the utility application is made, the probable location of the frontage road should
be determined and this location taken into consideration in locating the line. In the
absence of frontage roads the line should be serviced from adjacent streets or roads
where possible.
2. For highways designated to have Type 2B access, it is preferred that parallel lines be
located along the outer right of way. The utility lines must be constructed and
maintained without vehicular travel from and to the through traffic lanes or ramps of the
highway, except at established entrances and exits.
Prohibited Locations - All Lines - Neither parallel underground lines nor supports for
overhead power and communication lines to be constructed parallel to the highway or
crossing the highway will be permitted in the medians of multiple lane highways other
than as authorized in Section 1, Paragraphs (g) and (h) above.
PARALLEL LOCATIONS AND CROSSINGS – FREEWAYS (TYPE 1)
General - Except as restricted herein the same general requirements for location of above
ground and underground lines on conventional highways will apply to their location on
freeways.
Permissible Locations-All Lines - Generally, all parallel utility lines on freeways, if
approved, will be confined to areas outside the control of access line and preferably to the
area between the frontage road and the right of way line. The control of access fence will
usually be erected near the inside shoulder of the frontage road leaving little or no
acceptable area between the fence and the frontage road for underground lines location.
Servicing of such lines must be accomplished from the frontage roads. Where there are no
frontage roads the control of access line is the right of way line unless noted
differently on the
highway and/or right of way plans. When underground lines follow
cross roads or streets
which are carried over fully controlled access highways they may not be attached to bridges,
except for water lines indicated in Section 3(a) above, as they
cannot be serviced without
access from the through lanes or ramps and generally cannot
approach the bridge(s) without
being placed in the embankment or pavement structure, if any. Underground and overhead lines
along such cross road or streets must be located so that servicing can be accomplished from the
crossroad or street. Individual service line crossings of freeways are to be avoided where
possible, such servicing to be accomplished from single distribution line crossings to the extent
practicable and
feasible. (Reference: Rule 37.I.7501.06001, Accommodation of Utilities on
Freeway
Rights of Way).
Prohibited Locations - New utilities will not be permitted to be installed longitudinally
within the control of access lines except as outlined in Rule 37.I.7501.06001,
Accommodation of Utilities on Freeway Rights of Way.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS - ALL HIGHWAYS
Overhead Lines - Required clearances of overhead utility lines are detailed in Section 1,
Paragraph (e) above. Generally, construction requirements will comply with the
regulations of the Mississippi Public Service Commission and/or with the National
Electrical Safety Code.
Underground Lines - Pipelines, multiple ducts, rigid conduits, telephone cables and like
underground structures shall have a minimum cover of thirty six (36) inches. All
encasements and carrier pipes will also have a minimum cover of thirty six (36) inches.
Underground installations will be covered additionally as required to protect them from
damage by heavy maintenance equipment or other apparent hazards. In special
circumstances where required depth of cover cannot be obtained. Other means for
obtaining protection of an appropriate design and approved by the Department, may be
required. Generally, construction and design requirements will comply with the
regulations of the Mississippi Public Service Commission and/or with the current Standard
Code of Pressure Piping of the American National Standards Institute.
Preliminary Requirements for acquiring a permit - All underground utility permits require
that the permittee visit the site prior to submitting a permit application and discuss with the
applicable District Permit Office to determine an acceptable location. Prior to this
discussion all adjacent utilities shall be located and marked. Overall feasibility of the utility
and prescribed location will then be determined. At that time, the determined location shall
be shown on a legible, standard scaled drawing and referenced with station offsets, distance
to the right-of-way line, as well as depth of facility from existing ground at critical points
such as bottom of ditch, point of entry, and edge of pavement. The location of all facilities
to be placed on right-of-way, all above ground appurtenances, as well as locations of any
bore pits that may be needed for construction shall be shown on the scaled drawing. In
addition, bore pits or other excavations necessary for the installation of the utility should be
shown as well. Applicant shall be required to stake proposed utility location prior to
submission of permit application
Requirements upon completion of the permitted work - A duly authorized representative of
the utility company shall certify in writing that all work has been done as per the approved
permit. This certification shall be submitted immediately upon the completion of the work
noting any significant variations from the original permit submittal. Failure to provide
completion of work certification may result in the permit application being revoked.
MDOT reserves the right to require the permittee to expose a facility as needed for
inspection. Noncompliance with the approved permit shall require the utility company to
remove the newly installed line and replace it in the permitted location. All costs associated
with the relocation of the noncompliant facility shall be solely at the utility company’s
expense.
Additional Service Lines - Service lines being installed from an existing distribution line
located within MDOT right-of-way are required to be covered under a separate permit
application. This includes any and all encroachments or work to be performed on right-of-
way.
Additional Requirements - Above-ground appurtenances, including but not limited to those
described herein, and areas around the appurtenances that would affect routine right of way
maintenance operations shall be maintained by the utility company so that they are clearly
visible. MDOT does not in any way assume the maintenance or upkeep of the facility or
proposed improvement herein described nor will MDOT be held responsible for any
damage which may be inadvertently done to the facility or proposed improvement
regardless of the source or cause of such damage.
GENERAL - APPLICABLE TO ALL LINES
1000 Clearing and pruning of trees and other vegetation will be in accordance with Rule
37.I.7501.03005, Clearing and Pruning of Trees and Other Vegetation for Utility Lines.
1001 Restoration of sod on graded or otherwise disturbed areas will be in accordance with Rule
37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits.
1002 Underground and overhead installations shall be of durable materials, designed for long
service life expectancy and relatively free from routine servicing and maintenance.
1003 New construction and reconstruction of existing facilities shall be designed so as to
provide for known or expected expansion of the utility facilities in order that construction
of the expanded facility may be accomplished in a manner that will minimize hazards and
interference with highway traffic.
1004 When construction and maintenance equipment and personnel are permitted to operate by
access from the through lanes or frontage roads, advance warning signing and ample
flagmen shall be provided to handle traffic at times of ingress and egress. When
equipment and personnel are permitted to work within or near the roadway or in close
proximity to the outer edge of the shoulder, the utility owners shall furnish the necessary
traffic control devices in accordance with Part VI of the Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD), Current Edition, as a minimum.
Special traffic control details may require a traffic control plan, to be approved by the
Department.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
1100 Section 65-1-8, Mississippi Code Annotated (1972).
1101 941-7501-04001, Underground Utility Crossings.
1102 941-7501-04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits.
1103 941-7501-03005, Clearing and Pruning of Trees and Other Vegetation for Utility Lines.
1104 941-7501-04017, Location of Above Ground Utility or Other Structures Affecting Traffic
Safety and Scenic Enhancement.
1105 941-7501-06001, Accommodation of Utilities of Freeway Right of Way.
1106 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD), Part
VI, Current Edition.
1107 Mississippi Public Service Regulations, Current Edition.
1108 American National Standards Institute, Current Edition.
1109 National Electrical Code, Current Edition.
1110 For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
1111 MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 04016 Utilities and Maintenance of City Streets
Purpose
To establish permit policy governing utility installations and maintenance of highways
within municipalities.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate the use of state highway rights of
way for utility installations and maintenance of highways within municipalities.
As a condition to the taking over of any highway or section thereof located within any
municipality, the municipality concerned must agree that, after such highway is taken over for
maintenance by the Transportation Commission, neither the municipality nor any person,
corporation, or organization shall make any utility or other similar installations under, on,
across, or over such highway without having first obtained permission as required by law and
the rules and regulations of the Transportation Commission. In the event such municipality, or
any person, corporation, or organization acting under authority of such municipality makes any
such installations or in any way damages such highway without permission, the Transportation
Commission may, in its sole discretion, return such section of highway to said municipality.
This provision shall be made a part of all agreements hereafter made with municipalities for
the taking over of highways therein.
The policy for the adjustment or relocation of utilities within the corporate limits of a
municipality is as follows:
1. The municipality will make the necessary adjustments in its own facilities located within a
dedicated street width which is coincident with a highway project at no cost to the
Transportation Commission.
2. The Transportation Commission will reimburse the municipality for relocation or
adjustments of its facilities which are located within the dedicated width of the city street
which is crossed by a highway project if the highway project is not coincident with a city
street.
3. The Transportation Commission will reimburse the municipality for relocation or
adjustments of the municipalities’ facilities located outside a dedicated street width, on
private right-of-way, which are not located on state lands or other public right-of-way,
provided the municipality has a compensable property interest.
4. The municipality will relocate, or cause to be relocated, all other utilities not owned by the
municipality that are located within its right-of-way at no cost to the Transportation
Commission.
5. The Transportation Commission will reimburse all other utility companies for the
relocation or adjustments of their facilities which are not municipally owned, where the
utilities are located on private right-of-way, provided the utility has a compensable
property interest.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
Sections 65-1-75, 11-27-43, 11-27-47, 21-27-3, 21-27-5, 65-1-8(e), Mississippi Code
Annotated (1972)
201 37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 04017 Location of Above Ground Utility or Other Structures Affecting Traffic
Safety and Scenic Enhancement
Purpose
To establish permit policy for locating above ground utility and other encroachments
permitted on the right of way so as to promote traffic safety and scenic enhancement.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate the location of above ground
utility and other encroachments permitted on the right of way so as to promote traffic safety
and scenic enhancement.
GENERAL
Reference is made to the MDOT’s Roadway Design Manual
ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATIONS
Low Speed Highways (Urban Areas Only)
1. Low Speed highways are those highways and frontage roads on which the average daily
traffic (ADT) is less than 750 and on which the design speed is less than 50 MPH. On
these highways above ground utility installations should be located as far from the
traveled way as is practicable and feasible and a minimum distance of 30 feet from the
traveled way if practicable and feasible. Poles and other obstructions when nearer than
30 feet from the traveled way should be placed on top of cut banks, behind safety
barriers or in other locations inaccessible to out of control vehicles to the extent
practicable and feasible. The use of signs and light standards with break away type
bases meeting the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 and underground facilities,
where above ground facilities will be a serious hazard to the motorist, should be
encouraged.
2. Where practical limitations prevent better conditions for traffic safety, poles and other
obstructions are to be placed not closer than two (2) feet from the shoulder, not closer
than one and one-half (1 ½) feet from the curb face of an auxiliary lane, and not closer
than one and one-half (1 ½) feet from the curb face of any outside through traffic lane.
A clear recovery area of at least ten (10) feet from the edge of the through traffic lane,
free of unyielding objects, is desirable (See Attachment A).
High Speed Highways (Urban Areas Only)
1. High speed highways are those highways and frontage roads on which the average daily
traffic (ADT) is 750 or more or on which the design speed is 50 MPH or more. On
these highways, no above ground installations are to be placed nearer than 30 feet from
the traveled way where such locations are accessible to out of control vehicles. Above
ground installations located within 30 feet from the traveled way will be relocated 30 or
more feet from the traveled way or to points inaccessible to out of control vehicles at
such time as the installation requires a major rebuilding (replacement of above ground
structure and restringing). When locating new lines or relocating old lines, installations
which cannot be placed 30 or more feet from the traveled way or at points inaccessible
to out of control vehicles will be protected by properly designed and approved safety
barriers except that light standards and poles with break away type bases meeting the
requirements of NCHRP Report 350 may be located to clear the usable shoulder,
normally at least ten (10) feet from the edge of any through traffic lane. In curb and
gutter sections, these standards or poles shall clear any curb face of through traffic lanes
a minimum of one and one-half (1 ½ ) feet and this clearance shall be a minimum of one
and one-half (1 ½) feet from the curb face of auxiliary lanes (See Attachment A).
2. On rights of way which do not have adequate widths for the required clearances for
above ground facilities, below ground installations may be required.
Clear Zones For Rural Areas
1. The criteria for rural facilities states that the clear zone will be determined assuming that
the facility is uncurbed; i. e., the clear zone criteria presented in the Table 9-2A listed in
the MDOT Roadway Design Manual will apply to all rural facilities whether curbed or
uncurbed.
Municipalities
1. Generally, curbed street sections and highly developed urban sections will have
operating speeds below 50 MPH and practical limitations exist in the location of above
ground structures; however, the best possible conditions for traffic safety should be
obtained. The requirements of Paragraph 2 above will apply to those urban sections
constructed on wide rights of way and which are high speed highways.
Scenic Strips, Overlooks, Landscaped Areas, Welcome Centers, Rest Areas, Recreation
Areas, etc.
1. Utility installations shall not be permitted within scenic strips, overlooks, landscaped
areas, welcome center areas, rest areas, and recreation areas except where it is found by
the State Maintenance Engineer that the installations will not adversely affect or
otherwise mar the appearance of the area traversed. Underground installations are
preferred when services are to be provided for these areas.
UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS
Underground cables and conduits, where practicable and feasible, are to be located outside
of construction limits. Underground utilities shall not be permitted within scenic strips,
overlooks, landscaped areas, welcome centers, rest areas and recreation areas except where
it is found by the State Maintenance Engineer that the installations will not adversely affect
or otherwise mar the appearance of the area traversed.
TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS
Temporary installations are those appurtenances necessary for construction of the utility.
Above ground temporary installations shall comply with the location requirements of
paragraphs 300.1 and 301.1 above.
Where compliance is not possible, temporary above ground obstructions with or without
breakaway construction will clear the usable shoulder at least four and one half (4 ½) feet
and clear the edge of any through traffic lane at least ten (10) feet. Above ground temporary
installations not meeting the location requirements of paragraphs A.1., A.2., and A.4. may
be installed provided an approved safety barrier is placed and shall be effectively lighted
and/or reflectorized so as to be visible at night and will be removed as soon as no longer
needed.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
600 MDOT Roadway Design Manual
601 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide
602 37.I.7501.04002, Right-of-Way Encroachment Permits
603 Section 65-1-59, Mississippi Code, Annotated (1972)
604 MDOT Roadway Design Standard Drawings
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 04018 Access Management Manual
Purpose
To establish a Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) Access Management
Manual that constitutes the Mississippi Department of Transportation’s policy for access
location determination and procedures for coordinated development between state highways
and the abutting properties which they serve.
The manual will provide clarification of the administrative procedures and standards as
contained
in
Rules
37.I.7501.04002
“Right
of
Way
Encroachment
Permits”;
37.I.7501.04013 “Driveway and Street Connections, Median Openings, Frontage Roads”;
and 37.I.7501.03001 “Processing of Permit Applications.”
General
The primary purpose of the MDOT Access Management Manual is to establish access
management standards that will:
1. Maintain the overall safety of the transportation system.
2. Minimize congestion.
3. Minimize crashes.
4. Provide for efficient traffic flow.
5. Preserve existing system capacity.
6. Provide for pedestrian safety.
7. Maintain roadway aesthetics.
8. Provide appropriate access to adjacent business properties.
The access management standards found in the MDOT Access Management Manual will
apply to all state highways.
All new construction and reconstruction projects shall incorporate the access management
guidelines found in the MDOT Access Management Manual.
The access management policy found in the MDOT Access Management Manual will apply
to all developments or re-permitting of existing access points due to changed land use.
Methods of Modification
The Maintenance Division will have the responsibility of maintaining the manual.
Modifications to the manual will be made by the State Maintenance Engineer and approved
by the Deputy Executive Director/Chief Engineer.
MDOT
Access
Management
Manual,
Current
Edition
can
be
found
at
http://www.gomdot.com/home/AccessManagmentManual.html
303 Hard copies of the MDOT Access Management Manual, Current Edition can be obtained
from the Maintenance Division of the MDOT Central Office and the MDOT District
Offices.
Source: Miss. Code Ann. § 65-1-8.2 (Rev. 2006).
Chapter 04019 Installation of Monitoring Wells on the State Right of Way by Others
Purpose
General Policy and Guidelines for the Installation of Monitoring Wells on the State Right of
Way by others
General Policy
The installation of monitoring wells on state right of way by others shall be allowed under
permit only after all other recourses have been exhausted and verified by the Office of
Pollution Control (OPC) of the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ).
General Guidelines
The permittee will be the responsible party required to clean up or monitor a contaminated
site.
A representative from the OPC will approve the location(s) where the well(s) should be
installed by approving the permittee’s assessment plan.
If the Department has a problem with the proposed location of a monitoring well(s), the
permitee will be required to coordinate an on site inspection to be attended by the permitee
and representatives from the Contractor, OPC, and the Department.
No monitoring well(s) shall be installed that would adversely affect safe traffic operations,
roadside maintenance or ingress/egress to adjacent property.
If an existing monitoring well(s) on state right of way must be relocated for reasons
determined by the Department, the permitee will be required to relocate the monitoring
well(s) at their expense.
Upon completion of the monitoring phase, the permitee will cap or remove the monitoring
well(s) in a manner acceptable to the Department.
The permittee shall be required to repair all damage to the state right of way immediately
following the installation or removal process.
The permittee shall be required to execute a Performance Bond in an amount as determined
by the appropriate district personnel ($1000.00 dollars per well).
The permittee shall be required to contact utility companies in order to locate underground
utility lines.
Applicant
must
have
MDEQ
send
MDOT
a
copy
of
the
water
well
plugging/decommissioning form OLWR-DF-1 when the well is closed.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT.
Chapter 05001 Maintenance Takeover of County Roads and Municipal Streets
Purpose
To establish the required standards for county roads and municipal streets to attain for the
taking over of such roads and streets by the Mississippi Transportation Commission for
construction and maintenance.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate taking over for construction and
maintenance of county roads and city streets.
Subject to the requirements in Section 65-1-59 and 65-1-75, MCA (1972), the following
policy with respect to the acceptance of county roads or municipal streets for construction
and maintenance is subject to the availability of funds for any construction to be done at the
expense of the Mississippi Transportation Commission, hereinafter “Commission”.
TAKEOVER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF COUNTY ROADS.
The County will consult with the Assistant Chief Engineer-Preconstruction through the
District Engineer of the Mississippi Department of Transportation, hereinafter “MDOT”, in
whose district the road is located, to establish agreed criteria for plans and specifications for
the highway in keeping with anticipated traffic.
The County will make application to the Commission on Form MND-562 to accept said
road when constructed to the agreed criteria, said application to be accompanied by survey
and plans, of said road improved or to be improved, and said application is to contain a
provision stipulating whether the County or the Commission is to prepare the necessary
detailed plans and specifications for the improvement of the road in accordance with the
applicable design and construction criteria.
After the detailed plans and specifications have been completed to the satisfaction of the
County and the Commission, the County is to: (1) acquire the rights of way in accordance
with the widths shown on the plans, together with all necessary drainage easements; (2)
remove all encroachments such as fences, buildings, signs, etc., from the rights of way, and;
(3) adjust any communication lines, power lines and underground utilities that would
interfere with the construction or maintenance of the road.
The county is to grade and drain the road, including any necessary bridge construction, and
construct the entire base all in accordance with the plans prepared; or is to provide the
Commission with the estimated funds for the performance of said items of work according
to said plans by contract or by state forces, as agreed upon.
After the County has completed the requirements and work outlined in Items 202 and 203
above and furnished the Commission with the Final Certificate and Conveyance (Form
MND-200) and Certificate of Title (Form MND-082) to the right of way as shown on the
plans along with the necessary drainage easements; the Commission will take over the
section of road for construction and maintenance when funds become available for
construction.
TAKEOVER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF MUNICIPAL STREETS.
The Municipality will consult with the Assistant Chief Engineer-Preconstruction through
the District Engineer of MDOT in whose district the road is located, to establish agreed
criteria for plans and specifications for the street in keeping with anticipated traffic.
The Municipality will make application to the Commission on Form MND-010 to accept
said street when constructed to the agreed criteria, said application to be accompanied by
survey and plans of said street improved or to be improved, and said application is to
contain a provision stipulating whether the Municipality or the Commission is to prepare
the necessary detailed plans and specifications for the improvement of the street in
accordance with the applicable design and construction criteria.
After the detailed plans and specifications have been completed to the satisfaction of the
Municipality and the Commission, the Municipality is to: (1) acquire the rights of way in
accordance with the widths shown on the plans, together with all necessary drainage
easements; (2) remove all encroachments such as fences, buildings, signs, etc., from the
right of way, and; (3) adjust any communication lines, power lines and underground utilities
that would interfere with the construction or maintenance of the street.
The Municipality is to grade and drain the street, including any necessary bridge
construction, and construct the entire base all in accordance with the plans prepared; or is to
provide to the Commission the estimated funds for the performance of said items of work
according to said plans by contract or by state forces, as agreed upon.
After the Municipality has completed the requirements and work outlined in Items 302 and
303 above and furnished the Commission a Certificate of Title (Form MND-081) to the
right of way as shown on the plans along with the necessary drainage easements; adopted
the required “Ordinance Regulating Traffic and Use” on the subject street (Form MND-561)
and furnished certified copies thereof to the Commission, the Commission will take over the
section of street for construction and maintenance when funds become available for
construction.
TAKEOVERS FOR MAINTENANCE OF COUNTY ROADS AND MUNICIPAL STREETS.
The minimum conditions for a takeover of county roads and municipal streets for
maintenance shall be as set forth in the Chief Engineer’s letter, the subject being
“Maintenance Takeovers”. The County or Municipality shall make application using the
forms prescribed above.
When improvements on county roads or municipal streets are necessary for acceptance of
same for maintenance, such requirements or standards will be made a part of the county’s or
municipality’s application.
Additional information required along with the application is as follows:
1. As built roadway plans.
2. As built bridge plans including bridge foundation documents.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
Section 65-1-59 and 65-1 75, MCA (1972).
Mississippi Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition.
MDOT Roadway Design Manual, Current Edition.
AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, Current Edition.
MDOT Roadway and Bridge Design Standard Drawings, Current Edition.
505 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Current Edition.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For MUTCD and FHWA links see http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov and www.fhwa.dot.gov
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chief Engineer’s letter, “Maintenance Takeovers”, Current Version.
Chapter 05002 Return of Relocated Highways to Local Jurisdiction
Purpose
To establish a policy for giving proper notice to counties and municipalities of the return of
relocated sections of highways to their respective jurisdiction.
This rule sets forth the procedure for the return of relocated sections of highways to
counties and municipalities for their respective jurisdiction as provided for in Sections 65-1-
59 and 65-1-75, Mississippi Code 1972 Annotated.
Section 65-1-59 of the Mississippi Code says “if any highway or link of highway is
removed from the state highway system by legislative act or by relocation or reconstruction,
it shall no longer be maintained by or be under the jurisdiction of the State Highway
Commission or State Highway Department, but shall be returned to the jurisdiction of the
board of supervisors of the county or governing authorities of the municipality through
which such road runs”.
1. Except:
a. US routes three (3) miles or greater cannot be returned to the local jurisdiction
without legislation; or
b. US routes less than three (3) miles used as an interstate, 4-lane primary, and the
4-lane program under MS Code 65-3-97 and not on a municipal by-pass or
inside a municipality, can be returned to the local jurisdiction.
2. To further explain Section 65-1-59:
a. All highways except US highways can be returned to the local jurisdiction
(county or city).
b. A segment of a US route, on a municipal by-pass, that is in the county even if it
is less that three (3) miles, cannot be returned to the county because it is
considered on a municipal by-pass.
c. A US route inside a municipality cannot be returned to the municipality.
d. Regardless of the length of a NON US route in a municipality or on a municipal
by-pass, it can be returned to either the municipality or the county.
Upon completion of a project, the District Engineer will prepared sketch, map or any other
pertinent information on the section and notifies the State Maintenance Engineer
accordingly.
The State Maintenance Engineer will then prepare the return notification for the Director’s
signature.
The approved return notification will then be sent to the local jurisdiction by certified mail.
The State Maintenance Engineer will distribute the return notification to:
1.
Appropriate Transportation Commissioner
2.
State Traffic Engineer
3.
State Planning Engineer
4.
Bridge Engineer
5.
Director-Office of Enforcement
6.
Appropriate District Engineer
7.
Commissioner of Public Safety
8.
State Aid Bridge Engineer
9.
Chief of Right of Way
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
Sections 65-1-59 and 65-1-75, MCA Annotated.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
Chapter 06001 Accommodation of Utilities on Freeway Rights of Way
Purpose
To establish a policy for issuing permits for accommodating utilities on freeway rights of
way to improve and maintain highway safety and operation.
This rule sets forth a uniform policy establishing the conditions under which public and
private utilities may be accommodated on the freeway right-of-way, which does not
adversely affect highway or traffic safety, or otherwise impair the highway or its’ aesthetic
quality, and does not conflict with the provisions of federal, state or local laws or
regulations. It is not the intent of this policy to impose restrictions on the future installation
of utility crossings that would obstruct the development of expanded areas adjacent to the
freeways. The policy recognizes the public interest in avoiding unnecessary and costly
operation of public utilities. This policy applies to all highways with full control of access,
regardless of system. Also, it has value as a guide for all highways with partial control of
access.
DEFINITIONS
Freeway - A divided arterial highway for through traffic with full control of access.
Department - Mississippi Department of Transportation.
INTRODUCTION
A uniform policy is needed to establish the conditions under which public and private
utilities may be accommodated on the freeway right-of-way, which does not adversely
affect highway or traffic safety, or otherwise impair the highway or its’ aesthetic quality,
and does not conflict with the provisions of federal, state or local laws or regulations.
Although the primary purpose of this policy is to improve and maintain highway safety and
operation, said policy recognizes the public interest in avoiding unnecessary and costly
operation of public utilities. It is not the intent of this policy to impose restrictions on the
future installation of utility crossings that would obstruct the development of expanded
areas adjacent to the freeways. This policy applies to all highways with full control of
access, regardless of system. Also, it has value as a guide for all highways with partial
control of access.
STATEMENT OF POLICY
Applicability
1. This policy applies to utilities within freeway rights of way. The principles set forth in
this policy apply to all public and private utilities including but not limited to
communication, electric power, cable television, water, gas, oil, slurry, petroleum
products, sewer, drainage, irrigation and similar facilities. Such utilities may involve
construction and maintenance of underground, surface or overhead facilities, either
singularly or in combination. This policy does not apply to utilities for servicing
facilities needed for operating the freeway.
New Utility Installations Along Freeways:
1. Installation of new utilities will not be permitted longitudinally within the control of access
lines of any freeway, except that in special cases such installations may be permitted under
strictly controlled conditions. The location of such installations, if permitted, will generally
be restricted to the outer ten (10) feet of the right of way. Installation of utilities will not be
allowed longitudinally within the median area.
2. Some special cases, referenced above, that may warrant accommodation on the right of way
are (1) significantly undesirable social, economic, or environmental effects on adjacent
property, (2) prohibitively excessive right of way costs on areas adjacent to the freeway, (3)
unique nature of adjacent property (irreplaceable historical, parkland, recreational or other
function), (4) temporary, short-term emergency needs, (5) Communication utility lines, such
as fiber optic or telephone lines, crossing the Mississippi River or other circumstances that
the Mississippi Transportation Commission may specifically authorize.
3. Where such longitudinal installations are requested, the utility owner must in each case
show that:
a. The accommodation will not adversely affect the safety, design, construction,
operation, maintenance or stability of the freeway.
b. The accommodation will not be constructed and/or serviced by direct access from
the through traffic roadways or connecting ramps.
c. The accommodation will not interfere with or impair the present use or future
expansion of the freeway; and,
d. Any alternative location would be contrary to the public interest. This determination
would include an environmental evaluation of the direct and indirect environmental
and economic effects covering on and off right of way alternates.
Existing Utilities Along Proposed Freeways:
1. Where a utility already exists within the proposed right-of-way of a freeway and it can
be serviced, maintained and operated without access from the through traffic roadways
or ramps, it may remain as long as it does not adversely affect the safety, design,
construction, operation, maintenance or stability of the freeway. Otherwise, it must be
relocated.
Major Valley or River Crossings:
1. Where a freeway crosses a major valley or river on an existing structure, any utility
carried by the structure at the time the highway route is improved may continue to be
carried when relocation of the utility would be very costly and provided the utility can
be serviced without interference with road users. Expansion of a utility carried by an
existing structure across a major valley or river may be permitted provided the utility
can be installed and serviced without interference with road users.
2. New utility installations will not be permitted on a structure across a major valley or
river at or after the time the highway route is improved, except for special cases as
covered in Section 404 of this policy.
Utilities Crossing Freeways:
New utility installations and adjustments or relocation of existing utilities may be permitted
to cross a freeway. To the extent feasible and practicable they should cross on a line
generally perpendicular to the freeway alignment and preferably under the freeway.
1. Utilities Along Roads or Streets Crossing Freeways
a. Where a utility follows a crossroad or street which is carried over or under a
freeway, provisions should be made for the utility to cross the freeway on the
location of the crossroad or street in such manner that the utility can be constructed
and/or serviced without access from the freeway roadway or ramps. Generally the
utilities are to be located within the right-of-way of the crossroad or street, existing
or relocated, and may cross over or under the freeway, provided installation and
servicing thereof can be accomplished without access from the freeway roadways or
ramps. Utilities will not be permitted to be attached to bridges, except for water or
communication lines referenced in Rule 37.I.7501.04015, Parallel Utility Lines and
Overhead Crossing Encroachment Permits, Section 600. Where distinct advantage
and appreciable cost saving are effected by locating the utilities outside the right-of-
way of the crossroads or street they may be so located, in which case they shall be
located and treated in the same manner as utility lines crossing the freeway at points
removed from grade separation structures as in the sections that follow.
2. Overhead Utility Crossings
a.
Overhead utility lines crossing a freeway at points removed from grade
separation structures, or those crossing near a grade separation but not within the
right-of-way of a crossroad or street, in general, should be adjusted so that
supporting structures are located outside the outer edges of freeway roadway side
slopes and preferably outside the control of access lines. In any case supporting
poles shall not be placed within the clear zone as determined using procedures in the
AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, Current Edition. Supporting poles may be
placed in medians of sufficient width to provide the above referenced clear zone
from the edges of both traveled ways. If additional lanes are planned, the clear zone
shall be determined from the ultimate edges of the traveled way. Where right-of-
way lines and control of access lines are not one and the same, as where frontage
roads are provided, supporting poles may be located in the area between them with
appropriate shielding. In extraordinary cases where such spanning of the roadways
is not feasible, consideration may be given to conversion to underground facilities to
cross the freeway.
b. At interchange areas, in general, support for overhead utilities should be permitted
only where all of the following conditions are met: (i) the clear zone with respect to
the freeway through-traffic lanes and the clear zone from the edge of ramp is
provided as designated in the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, Current Edition,
(ii) essential sight distance is not impaired, and (iii) the conditions of Section 6 of
this policy, “Access for Servicing Utilities,” are satisfied. The vertical clearance to
overhead utility lines crossing freeways shall be determined by the Department but
in no case shall be less than the clearance required by the National Electrical Safety
Code.
c. Underground Utility Crossings
Utilities crossing freeways underground shall be of durable materials and so
installed as to virtually preclude any necessity for disturbing the roadways to
perform maintenance or expansion operations. The design and types of materials
shall conform to appropriate governmental codes and specifications. Utility access
holes and other points of access to underground utilities may be permitted within the
right-of-way of a freeway only when they are located beyond the shoulders of the
freeway or ramps as planned for later widening. This access may be permitted
provided the conditions of Section 6 are satisfied.
d. Provisions for Expansion of Utilities
When existing utilities are relocated or adjusted in conjunction with construction of
a freeway, provision may be made for known and planned expansion of the utility
facilities, particularly those underground. They should be planned to avoid
interference with traffic at some future date when additional or new overhead or
underground lines are installed.
Access for Servicing Utilities:
1. Access for servicing a utility along or across a freeway should be limited to access via
(a) frontage roads where provided, (b) nearby or adjacent public roads and streets, or (c)
trails along or near the highway right-of-way lines, connecting only to an intersecting
road.
2. In those special cases where utility supports, manholes, or other appurtenances are
located in medians or interchange areas, access to them from through-traffic roadways
or ramps may be permitted, but only by permits issued by the Department to the utility
owner setting forth the conditions for policing and other controls to protect highway
users.
3. Where utilities are located outside the control of access line and where such utilities
may require maintenance from within the freeway right-of-way, a permit must be
obtained from the Department. Advance arrangements should also be made between the
utility and the Department for emergency maintenance procedures.
Construction and Location Details:
1. The Department has the right to preview and approve or reject the location and design
of all utility installations and adjustments affecting the highway and issue permits for
the contemplated work.
Manner of Making Utility Installations and Adjustments:
1. In general, utility installations and adjustments are to be made with due consideration to
highway and utility costs and in a manner that will provide maximum safety to the
highway users, will cause the least possible interference with the highway facility and
its operation, and will not increase the difficulty of or cost of maintenance of the
highway.
Wetlands
1. Utility owners will be required to comply with the Corps of Engineers regulations for
wetlands and to obtain any necessary permits prior to performing any work on the right
of way.
Traffic Control
1. The applicant accepts the responsibility for the safety of the traveling public and his/her
workers and agrees to furnish, place and maintain traffic control devices, if required, in
accordance with Part 6 of the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways (MUTCD), Current Edition, as a minimum. A special traffic control plan is
including ion this application if special traffic control details are required.
Safety
1. The installation of any utility shall not be permitted which would adversely affect safety.
Scenic Strips, Overlooks, Landscaped Areas, Welcome Centers, Rest Areas Recreation
Areas, etc.
1. New utility installations, except those needed for highway purposes, such as for highway
lighting or to serve a weigh station, rest area, recreation area, welcome center, etc., are
not permitted on highway right of way or other lands which are located within or
adjacent to areas of scenic enhancement and natural beauty.
2. The Departments’ Chief Engineer may permit exceptions provided the following
conditions are met:
a. New underground or aerial installations may be permitted only when they do not
require extensive removal or alteration of trees or terrain features visible to the
highway user or impair the aesthetic quality of the lands being traversed.
b. Aerial installations may be permitted only when (1) other locations are not
available or are unusually difficult and costly, or are less desirable from the
standpoint of aesthetic quality, (2) placement underground is not technically
feasible or is unreasonably costly, and (3) the proposed installation will be made at
a location, and will employ suitable designs and materials, which give the greatest
weight to the aesthetic qualities of the area being traversed.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version
of that particular document.)
United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 23, Part 645B, Accommodation of
Utilities, Current Edition.
AASHTO-A Guide for Accommodating Utilities Within Highway Right-of-Way, Current
Edition.
AASHTO-A Policy on the Accommodation of Utilities Within Freeway Right-of-Way,
Current Edition.
503 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide Current Edition.
504 National Electrical Safety Code, Current Edition.
505 United States Corps of Engineers Wetland Regulations, Current Edition.
506 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Current Edition.
37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits.
37.I.7501.04015, Parallel Utility Lines and Overhead Crossing Encroachment Permits.
509 37.I.7501.04001, Underground Utility Crossings.
37.I.7501.04017, Location of Above Utility or Other Structures Affecting Traffic Safety and
Scenic Enhancement.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
For MUTCD and FHWA links see http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov and www.fhwa.dot.gov
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 09001 Rules, Regulations and Ordinances Governing Use of State Highways of
Mississippi
Purpose
To regulate the use of State highways in order that they be preserved for public benefit as
intended by law and to carry out the Mississippi Transportation Commission’s agreements
with the Federal Government regarding maintenance and preservation of completed
highways.
This rule sets forth the requirements necessary to regulate the use of State highways in order
that they be preserved for public benefit as intended by law and to carry out the Mississippi
Transportation Commission’s agreements with the Federal Government regarding
maintenance and preservation of completed highways.
The following rules, regulations and ordinances are hereby adopted by the Mississippi
Transportation Commission by virtue of the powers vested with the Commission by Section
65-1-8, et seq., Mississippi Code, 1972, Annotated.
DEFINITIONS
ARTERIAL HIGHWAY: A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic,
usually on a continuous route.
AUXILIARY LANE: The portion of the roadway adjoining the traveled way for parking,
speed-change, or other purposes supplementary to through traffic movement.
BELT HIGHWAY: An arterial highway for carrying traffic partially or entirely around an
urban area or portion thereof.
COMMISSION: The term “Commission” when used in the following rules, regulations and
ordinances refers to the Mississippi Transportation Commission which is composed of three
members duly elected or appointed by the Governor, and qualified under the provisions of
Section 65-1-3, et seq., Mississippi Code, 1972, Annotated.
CONTROL OF ACCESS: The condition where the right of owners or occupants of
abutting land or other persons to access, light, air, or view in connection with a highway is
fully or partially controlled by public authority. Full control of access means that the
authority to control access is exercised to give preference to through traffic by providing
access connections with selected public roads only and by prohibiting crossings at grade or
direct private driveway connections. Partial control of access means that the authority to
control access is exercised to give preference to through traffic to a degree that, in addition
to access connections with selected public roads, there may be some crossings at grade and
some private driveway connections.
DIVIDED HIGHWAY: A highway with separate roadways for traffic traveling in opposite
directions.
DRIVEWAY: A roadway of limited width used for ingress and egress between the
roadway of a State Highway or frontage road or street, and property abutting the highway.
EXPRESSWAY: A divided arterial highway for through traffic with full or partial control
of access and generally with grade separations at intersections.
FREEWAY: A divided arterial highway for through traffic with full control of access.
FRONTAGE ROAD: A local street or road auxiliary to and located on the side of an
arterial highway for service to abutting property and adjacent areas and for control of
access.
HIGHWAY, STREET OR ROAD: A general term denoting a public way, under the
jurisdiction of the Commission for purposes of vehicular travel, including the entire areas
within the right of way.
HOUSE TRAILER, MOBILE HOME OR MANUFACTURED HOME: Every trailer or
semi-trailer designed for use as a home, office or living quarters.
LOCAL STREET OR LOCAL ROAD: A street or road primarily for access to residence,
business, or other abutting property.
MAJOR STREET OR MAJOR HIGHWAY: An arterial highway with intersections at
grade and direct access to abutting property, and on which geometric design and traffic
control measures are used to expedite the safe movement of through traffic.
MEDIAN LANE: A speed-change lane within the median to accommodate left-turning
vehicles.
MEDIAN: The portion of a divided highway separating the traveled ways for traffic in
opposite directions.
MISSISSIPPI DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, hereinafter “Department”, is the
Mississippi Transportation Commission acting directly or through its duly authorized
officers and/or agents.
MOTOR VEHICLE: Every vehicle which is self-propelled.
OUTER SEPARATION: The portion of an arterial highway between the traveled ways of a
roadway for through traffic and a frontage street or road.
PARKING LANE: An auxiliary lane primarily for the parking of vehicles.
PARKWAY: An arterial highway for non-commercial traffic, with full or partial control of
access, and usually located within a part of a ribbon of park like developments.
PEDESTRIAN: Any person afoot.
PUBLIC ROAD OR PUBLIC STREET: This term refers to a road or street open to the
public for the purpose of travel but not under the jurisdiction of the Department for
construction, reconstruction or maintenance.
ROADSIDE: A general term denoting the area adjoining the outer edge of the roadway.
Extensive areas between the roadways of a divided highway may also be considered
roadside.
ROADWAY: The portion of a highway, including shoulders, for vehicular use. A divided
highway has two or more roadways.
SEMI-TRAILER: Every vehicle without motive power designated for carrying persons or
property and for being drawn by a motor vehicle and so constructed that some part of its
weight and that of its load rests upon or is carried by another vehicle.
SHOULDER: The portion of the roadway contiguous with the traveled way for
accommodation of stopped vehicles, for emergency use, and for lateral support of base and
surface courses.
SPEED-CHANGE LANE: An auxiliary lane, including tapered areas, primarily for the
acceleration or deceleration of vehicles entering or leaving the through traffic lanes.
THROUGH STREET OR THROUGH HIGHWAY: Every highway or portion thereof on
which vehicular traffic is given preferential right of way, and at the entrances to which
vehicular traffic from intersecting highways is required by law to yield right of way to
vehicles on such through highway in obedience to either stop sign or a yield sign, when
such signs are erected as provided in this Section 65-1-10, et seq., Mississippi Code, 1972
Annotated.
TRAFFIC LANE: The portion of the traveled way for the movement of a single line of
vehicles.
TRAILER: Every vehicle without motive power designed for carrying persons or property
and for being drawn by a motor vehicle and so constructed that no part of its weight rests
upon the towing vehicle.
TRAVELED WAY: The portion of the roadway for the movement of vehicles, exclusive of
shoulders and auxiliary lanes.
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices used exclusively upon stationary rails
or tracks.
RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES
No person, persons, firm, association, or corporation shall have, construct, reconstruct,
erect, build or have constructed, reconstructed, erected, or built any obstruction, building,
improvement, fence, garage, filling station, barn, restaurant, or other structure on any part of
any state highway right of way or alter any part of the right of way of any state highway or
the drainage thereat without permission from the Department.
No person, persons, company or corporation shall have, construct, or have constructed a
pipe line, telephone line, telegraph line, electric power line, street light or lighting device of
any nature whether for public or private use on, over or under any part of a state highway
right of way before the following requirements have been complied with:
1.
The Department’s standard application must be signed by the applicant.
2.
After the application has been properly signed and filed with the Department, plans
of the proposed construction must be submitted for approval by the District
Engineer, State Maintenance Engineer or the Chief Engineer, as applicable.
3.
When the plans have been approved, a copy of the approved plan will be mailed the
applicant as his authority to proceed with the construction. A minimum of a twenty
four (24) hours written notice must be given in advance of the time actual work is
begun.
No person, persons, firm, association or corporation shall have, construct, reconstruct, erect,
build, place, or have constructed, reconstructed, erected, built or placed any portable,
temporary or permanent billboard, advertising sign, advertising displays or junked vehicle
bearing advertising matter or vehicles parked for the primary purpose of displaying
advertising signs, upon the highways and rights of way thereof of this state which are under
the jurisdiction of the Commission.
No person, persons, firm, association or corporation shall have, construct, reconstruct, erect,
build, place or have constructed, reconstructed, erected, built or placed any temporary or
permanent billboard, advertising sign or advertising display which is supported off the State
Highway but extends from said support into and overhanging the right of way of any state
highway.
No person, persons, firm, association, or corporation shall have, place or have placed any
vehicle, machinery, equipment or commercial wares, for sale or resale, upon the highways
or right of way thereof of the State which are under the jurisdiction of the Commission.
Private or public roads or driveways will not be permitted to intersect with any portion of a
state highway unless permission is secured in accordance with Section 2 above, and the
construction is done in strict accordance with the plans approved by the Department.
No house-trailer shall be parked and no tent or other temporary residence erected on any
portion of a state highway right of way.
Plowing in or using any part of a state highway right of way as a turn row or diverting water
into the road ditches in such a manner as to interfere with the drainage of or to cause
damage to a state highway is prohibited.
No person, firm, corporation or association shall cut any trees, shrubs, or other vegetation or
shall use chemicals to kill such growing on state highway right of way unless permission is
first secured.
No motor vehicle shall be driven into or across the median of any state highway, except at
authorized median openings or at emergency crossovers to be used by official and
emergency vehicles only.
No vehicles shall be stopped or parked on the right of way of a controlled access facility;
nor shall vehicles be stopped or parked on the lanes and adjacent shoulders or interchange
connections between controlled access facilities and crossroads or cross streets; nor shall
vehicles be stopped or parked on the right of way of any other state highway; provided,
however, that this shall not apply in cases of emergencies caused by mechanical failure,
accident, disability of the driver or as otherwise approved by the Commission.
The use of any fully controlled access facility by pedestrians, bicycles, hitchhikers, ridden
or herded animals and animal drawn vehicles is prohibited. The use of any such fully
controlled access facility by motor bicycles, non-motorized vehicles or any other vehicle
unable to comply with the posted minimum speed limit is also prohibited. It shall be
unlawful for any person to fish from any bridge, culvert or other structure on a state
highway.
No person, firm, corporation or association, shall remove, construct, rearrange or alter any
curb, median, bridge, culvert or other appurtenance on any state highway unless permission
is secured in accordance with Section 2 above.
It shall be unlawful for any person to throw or deposit or cause to be deposited on any state
highway right of way any dead animal, dirt, garbage, or rubbish as defined below:
1.
Dead Animals is defined as all dead animals or parts thereof, (including condemned
meats) and not intended to be used as food.
2.
Dirt is defined to include loose earth, ashes, manure from stables, corrals and pens,
offal from butcher shops and slaughter houses, and all foul and filthy substances.
3.
Garbage is defined to include solid or semi-solid kitchen refuse subject to decay, and
market waste of animal and vegetable matter which has been or was intended to be
used as food for man or animal.
4.
Rubbish is defined as old tin and iron cans and containers, old automobiles, trucks or
other vehicles, trucks or other vehicles, old wood and paper boxes, old metals, wire,
rope, cordage, bottles, bags, bagging, rubber and rubber tires, paper and all used or
cast-off articles or material, including old plaster, brick, cement, glass and all old
building materials.
No part of any state highway right of way shall be used by any person, firm or corporation
for the purpose of servicing automobiles, trucks, tractors or other motor-driven vehicles
with fuel, oil, grease, air for tires, water for batteries, water for radiators, wiping of
windshields and other parts of such vehicle, changing of tires for doing repair work thereon,
or rendering any other such services as are usually rendered at service stations nor shall any
portion of any state highway right of way be used for any other commercial purpose and all
persons, firms and corporations are hereby prohibited from rendering any of the services
enumerated to any such vehicle while the same is parked or standing on any part of any
state highway right of way, or using any part of any such state highway right of way for any
commercial purposes, and all persons, firms and corporations are hereby prohibited from
parking or placing, or causing to be parked or placed any such vehicle on any part of any
state highway right of way for the purpose of receiving any of the services hereinabove
enumerated; provided, however, that this shall not apply in cases of emergency where any
such vehicle has run out of fuel, oil grease, or water, or suffered by other accident or
casualty so as to make it necessary that such service be rendered on such state highway in
order for said vehicle to reach a garage or service station.
No person, firm or corporation shall remove, change, damage or otherwise interfere with
any signs, markers, posts, curbs, gutter or other structures or things, including any sign,
marker, curb, post or other structure or thing placed therein for the purpose of confining
traffic and use of said highway to that portion thereof set apart for that purpose, which have
been placed on or in any state highway right of way by the Commission or its agents.
No person shall operate a vehicle at excessive speeds while passing highway maintenance
crews, survey crews or construction crews which are engaged in maintenance survey or
construction crews which are engaged in maintenance survey or construction work upon
the state highways and roadways thereof. When approaching said crews all drivers of
motor vehicles shall slow to a reasonable and prudent speed in accordance with existing
conditions at the work site. All drivers of vehicles shall obey the flagmen and signs
directing traffic at each such work site.
No roadside park, safety rest area, or welcome center shall be used for commercial ventures
except for providing specific information to the traveling public on motorists services,
places of interest, or other such information as approved by the Mississippi Development
Authority, Division of Tourism, and/or the Mississippi Department of Transportation in
accordance with 23 CFR 752.
No person shall operate a vehicle at a speed in excess of those authorized by the
Commission and posted through construction and maintenance work zones.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
400 Section 65-1-3, Mississippi Code 1972 Annotated.
401 Section 65-1-8, Mississippi Code 1972 Annotated.
402 Section 65-1-10, Mississippi Code 1972 Annotated.
403 Mississippi Development Authority, Division of Tourism.
23 CFR 752.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
Chapter 09002 Control of Outdoor Advertising Adjacent to State Controlled Routes
PURPOSE
To establish a policy and procedure for the control of outdoor advertising adjacent to State
Controlled Routes.
This Rule establishes a policy and procedure for the control of outdoor advertising adjacent
to State Controlled Routes.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SECTION 200
STATEMENT OF POLICY
2. SECTION 300
DEFINITIONS
3. SECTION 400
BONDS
4. SECTION 500
PERMITS
5. SECTION 600
FEES
6. SECTION 700
PROHIBITED SIGNS
7. SECTION 800
AUTHORIZED SIGNS
8. SECTION 900
SIGN CONFIGURATIONS WHICH MAY BE ERECTED
9. SECTION 1000
STANDARDS FOR SIGN ERECTED UNDER
PERMITS
10. SECTION 1100
DETERMINATION OF ON-PREMISE SIGNS
11. SECTION 1200
CONSTRUCTION OF SIGNS
12. SECTION 1300
MAINTENANCE & CONTINUANCE OF SIGNS
13. SECTION 1400
NON-CONFORMING SIGNS
14. SECTION 1500
REMOVAL OF UNLAWFUL OR ILLEGAL SIGNS
15. SECTION 1600
IDENTIFICATION OF SIGNS
16. SECTION 1700
DIRECTIONAL AND OTHER OFFICIAL SIGNS AND
NOTICES
17. SECTION 1800
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEWS
18. SECTION 1900
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING FORMS
STATEMENT OF POLICY
Pursuant to Public Law 89-385, 89th Congress, also known as the Highway Beautification
Act of 1965, as amended, all regulations promulgated under said act by the Federal
Highway Administration, that said agreement entered into between the State of Mississippi
and the Federal Highway Administration, dated March 6, 1972 , and Section 49-23-1, et.
seq., Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended, the Mississippi Transportation Commission,
hereinafter “the Commission”, declares that the erection and maintenance of outdoor
advertising and directional or other official signs and notices in control areas adjacent to the
rights of way of State Controlled Routes within this State shall be regulated in accordance
with the terms of this rule. This action is taken based on a finding by the Commission that
control of outdoor advertising is necessary in order to: (1) prevent unreasonable distraction
of operators of motor vehicles, (2) prevent confusion with regard to traffic lights, signs or
signals or other interference with the effectiveness of traffic regulations, (3) attract tourists
and promote the prosperity and economic wellbeing of the general welfare of the State, (4)
promote the safety, convenience, recreational value, and enjoyment of travel on highways
within this State, (5) protect the public investment in highways, and/or (6) preserve and
enhance the natural scenic beauty and aesthetic features of the highways and the areas
adjacent thereto.
It is the intention of the Commission to provide a basis for control of outdoor advertising
and specially authorized signs and notices consistent with the public policy declared by the
Congress of the United States, the Legislature of the State of Mississippi, and the agreement
dated March 6, 1972, with the Federal Highway administration in control areas adjacent to
State Controlled Routes.
The Legislature of the State of Mississippi, pursuant to Sections 55-13-33 through 55-13-
45, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended, has given the Commission the authority to make
and promulgate rules and regulations necessary for controlling advertising adjacent to the
Natchez Trace Parkway.
The Legislature of the State of Mississippi, pursuant to Section 65-41-11, Mississippi Code
of 1972, et seq, has given the Commission the authority to make and promulgate rules and
regulations necessary for controlling advertising adjacent to Scenic Byways designated by
the Legislature under said Statutes.
Nothing in this Rule shall be construed to abrogate or affect the provisions of any lawful
ordinance, regulation or resolution more restrictive than the provisions of this Rule.
DEFINITIONS (The following definitions shall apply to this Rule)
Abandoned and/or Obsolete Sign: A sign in such a state of disrepair so as to be considered
an unsightly nuisance, a sign which no longer serves any useful purpose for the owner or
the advertiser thereon, or a sign which fits the requisites for an abandoned and/or obsolete
sign set out herein. An abandoned or obsolete sign is a sign that contains obsolete
advertising or no advertising matter for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months or
otherwise fits the definition set out herein.
Alternative Energy Device: A device that produces electricity from solar or wind energy.
Applicant: The person, or business entity making application to erect and maintain a sign.
At-Grade-Intersection or Intersection: The general area where two or more roadways join
or cross at grade, including the roadway and roadside facilities for traffic movements within
it.
Centerline of Highway: (1) A line equidistant from the edge of the median separating the
main-traveled ways of a divided highway, (2) The centerline of the main-traveled way of a
non-divided highway, or (3) The centerline of each of the main-traveled ways of a divided
highway separated by more than the normal median width or constructed on independent
alignment.
Commercial or Industrial Activities: Activities on unzoned property that would generally
be recognized by local zoning authorities as commercial or industrial for the purpose of
zoning an area under one of the recognized commercial or industrial zoning classifications.
Commission: Mississippi Transportation Commission.
Conforming Signs: A sign that conforms to the requirements under this rule, the applicable
state statutes, the state-federal agreement, federal statutes and federal regulations.
Control Area: An area within 660 feet of the nearest edge of the right of way of state
controlled routes within Urban Areas measured horizontally from the edges of the right of
way along lines perpendicular to the centerline of the highway and beyond 660 feet of the
right of way of state controlled routes outside of Urban Areas.
Department: The Mississippi Department of Transportation.
Digital Sign: Any sign having the capability to display a message by manipulation of light
projected onto a screen or otherwise produced within the screen. Digital sign includes signs
using LED Technology, Plasma Technology, or any industry equivalent that produces the
same result as these technologies.
Divided Highway: A highway with separate roadways for traffic traveling in opposite
directions.
Display: The message placed on the face or facing of a sign for the purpose of providing
information to the public.
Dwell Time: The length of time allowed between the rotating of faces on a tri-vision
structure.
Erect: To construct, build, raise, assemble, place, affix, attach, create, paint, draw or in any
way bring into being or establish an advertising message on a site.
Federal Aid Interstate System: That portion of the National System of Interstate and
Defense Highways located within this State, as officially designated or as may hereafter be
designated by the State Highway Commission, and approved by the Secretary of
Transportation, pursuant to the provisions of 23 USC 103(d).
Federal Aid Primary Highway System: That portion of the main connected highways,
excluding interstates that are identified on the Federal Aid Interstate and Primary Systems
of Mississippi Map, prepared by Mississippi State Highway Department Transportation
Planning Division in cooperation with U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway
Administration dated July 14, 1988.
Freeway: A divided arterial highway for through traffic with full control of access.
Grandfathered Sign: A sign that was:
1.
Erected and existing before June 15, 1966 adjacent to a Federal Aid Interstate or
Federal Aid Primary Highway; or
2.
Erected and existing before May 6, 1976 at or beyond 660 feet from the nearest edge
on the right of way of a Federal Aid Interstate or Federal Aid Primary Highway
outside of a municipality; or
3.
Erected and existing before July 1, 1988 and within one thousand (1000) feet of the
Natchez Trace Parkway.
Grandfathered Signs may also be referred to herein as signs(s) existing under the so called
“grandfather clause”.
Height of sign: The vertical distance from the ground at the road grade to the highest point
on the sign face unless the grade of land adjacent to the road is higher than the level of the
road grade, then the height shall be measured from the ground level at the support nearest
the highway.
Height of face: The vertical dimension of the panel on which the informative contents of a
sign are placed, including border and trim, but excluding supports.
Illegal Sign: Any sign not permitted under this Rule or which otherwise fits the definition
of “Unlawful or Illegal Sign” herein.
Interchange: A junction of two or more roadways by a system of separate levels that
permits traffic to pass from one to the other without the crossing of traffic streams.
Length of face: The horizontal dimension of the face on which the informative contents of
a sign are placed including border and trim, but excluding supports.
Maintain or Maintenance: The act or activity of prolonging the existence of an otherwise
functional sign, including painting, cleaning, replacing advertising message on panels,
replacing walkways, replacing lighting equipment, and performing any activities which fit
into the normally accepted use and usage of said words. In order to meet the criteria of
being a functional advertising sign, said sign must be capable of performing the function of
an advertising sign without the performance of said maintenance activities.
Main-Traveled Way: The traveled way of a highway on which through traffic is carried. In
the case of a divided highway, the traveled way of each of the separate roadways for traffic
in opposite directions is a main traveled way. It does not include such facilities as frontage
roads, turning roadways or parking areas.
MDOT: The Mississippi Department of Transportation.
Natchez Trace Parkway: A federally funded paved highway of scenic beauty and of great
value to the State of Mississippi which is created under Section 55-13-15, Mississippi Code
of 1972, as amended.
1966 Inventory: The record of the survey of advertising signs and junkyards, compiled in
accordance with the FHWA Instructional Memorandum 50-1-66 dated January 7, 1966.
Non-Conforming Sign: A sign that was legally erected under the law and circumstances
then and there existing that fails to conform to the requirements of this Rule because of
subsequent changes to the law or the circumstances. Examples of nonconforming signs
include but are not limited to the following:
1.
A sign that is erected in a commercial or industrial zone conforming to all requisites
of this Rule that fails to conform at a later date because the commercial or industrial
zone has been modified by the local government unit to another classification that
doesn’t support outdoor advertising (residential, agricultural area, etc.);
2.
A sign that is erected in an unzoned commercial or industrial area conforming to all
requisites of this Rule that fails to conform at a later date because the character of
the area has changed to that of a residential or agricultural area; or
3.
A sign that is erected in a commercial or industrial area (zoned or unzoned)
conforming to all requisites of this Rule that fails to conform to the spacing
requirements at a later date (i.e. an interchange is built in close proximity placing it
within 500 feet of a ramp). For treatment of non-conforming issues regarding
qualifying business activities or size restrictions refer to sections 346, 347, and
1000.
Owner: The owner of a sign.
Parkland: Any publicly-owned land which is designated or used as a public park, recreation
area, wildlife or waterfowl refuge or historical site.
Rest Area/Welcome Center: An area or site established and maintained within or adjacent
to the right of way by or under public supervision or control for the convenience of the
traveling public.
Rezone; rezoned; rezoning: The act by a local governmental authority to change the zoning
classification for an area of land from the existing classification to a new zoning
classification.
Right of Way: A general term denoting land, property, or interest therein, usually in a strip
acquired for or devoted to a highway.
Scenic Area: Any area of particular scenic beauty or historical significance as determined
by Federal, State, or local officials having jurisdiction thereof, which includes interests in
lands that have been acquired for the restoration, preservation, and enhancement of scenic
beauty.
Scenic Byway: A public highway, road or street including the corridor through which it
passes, that has been designated by the State of Mississippi under Section 65-41-1 MCA et
seq in accordance with the process set out herein.
Sign: An outdoor sign, light, display, device, figure, painting, drawing, message, placard,
poster, billboard or other thing which is designed, intended or used to advertise or inform,
any part of the advertising or informative contents of which is visible from any place on the
main traveled way of a state controlled route. The sign consists of the sign face, supports,
piling, masts and other structural members. Embellishments on or cut-out extensions of
sign faces refer to any temporary add-ons to the structure (usually bulletins) that extend
beyond the standard structure area to command greater attention to the message. These can
include letters, packages, 3-D elements, fiber optics, etc. Various categories of signs are:
1. Advertising Signs: These are signs that advertise a service or product and are not located on
the premises where the service or product is vended. These signs are controlled in
accordance with this Rule.
2.
On-Premise Signs: Signs used to advertise or identify the principal activities
conducted on the property on which they are located. These are commonly referred
to as on-premise signs and are not controlled. See Section 1100 for determination of
on-premise signs. The acquisition of corridors either in fee or by easement for the
purpose of erecting on-premise signs is not acceptable under 23 USC 103(d) under
this Rule.
3.
Specially Authorized Signs and Notices as defined and controlled in Section 1700.
4.
Sale or Lease Sign: These are signs advertising the sale or lease of the property upon
which they are located. These signs are not controlled except as provided in Section
1100, herein.
5.
Landmark Signs: These are signs lawfully in existence on October 22, 1965,
determined by the State, subject to approval by the Secretary of Transportation, to
be Landmark Signs, including signs on farm structures or natural surfaces, or
historic or artistic significance, the preservation of which is consistent with the
purpose of 23 USC 131.
6. Small Business Signs: These are signs advertising a service or product offered by a
business but not located on premises. These signs are addressed in Section 603 and
controlled in accordance with this Rule.
7.
A destroyed sign is a sign that has sustained damage such that 60% or more of the
upright supports of the sign structure are physically damaged such that normal repair
practices would call for each broken, bent, or twisted support to be replaced or re-
erected.
Sign Face: The planar area to which the advertising message is attached. For Tri-Vision
Billboards the sign face is the area which constitutes a single message as the panels rotate.
Although Tri-Vision Billboards have, effectively, three faces, they shall be treated as
though they only have one face for the purpose of this Rule.
Site: A parcel or area of property on which the outdoor advertising sign is located or is to
be erected. The area encompassed by the footprint of the sign structure to include but not
limited to catwalk, lighting, or other equipment and solely dedicated to that one advertising
device.
Size: The area of a sign face including border and trim but exclusive of supports. For Tri-
Vision Billboards the area shall be the area of the sign face of one of the two or three
potential sign faces.
Spacing: The distance between signs, as set out in Section 1000.3.
State Controlled Routes: Those highways contained in the Federal Aid Interstate System
and the Federal Aid Primary Highway System, the National Highway System, the Great
River Road and any scenic byways as defined herein along with any additions or deletions
thereto as the Federal Highway Administration shall determine by federal statutes or
regulations.
Tri-Vision Billboard: A single face, back-to-back, or “V” type advertising structure that has
rotating panels on which more than one advertising message may be contained. It is the
intent to include within this definition those signs which conform to the industry definition
of Tri-Vision Billboard and no other Billboards.
Twirl-Time: Length of time allowed between the rotating of each advertising face of a Tri-
Vision Billboard.
Unified Planned Development: a commercial development planned for a specific area under
a unified management plan containing defined parameters and covenants.
Unlawful or Illegal Sign:
1.
A sign within 660 feet of the right of way of a state controlled route erected after
June 15, 1966, or erected after the date the highway is reclassified as a state
controlled route, without a proper permit.
2.
A sign at or beyond 660 feet of the right of way of a state controlled route outside of
urban areas, erected after May 6, 1976, or erected after the date a highway is
reclassified as part of the state controlled route and not authorized under Section 800
of this Rule.
3.
A sign not erected in accordance with the terms of its permit.
4.
A sign or advertising structure that is erected, constructed, installed, maintained, or
operated within one thousand (1,000) feet of the outside boundary of the Natchez
Trace Parkway outside the limits of any municipality, except as indicated in Section
803 herein.
Unzoned Commercial or Industrial Area: An unzoned commercial or industrial area is an
area along the highway right of way that has not been comprehensively zoned under
authority of law, that is not predominantly used for residential or agricultural purposes, and
that is within 800 feet, measured along the edge of the right of way, of, and on the same side
of the highway as, the principal part of at least two (2) adjacent recognized commercial or
industrial activities. The sign must be located on the same side of the highway as the
commercial or industrial activity.
1.
Proximity to Right of Way
A portion of the regularly used buildings, parking lots, storage and processing areas,
where each respective business activity is conducted, must be within 200 feet of the
highway right of way, and the permanent building where the activity is conducted
must be visible from the main-traveled way.
2.
Two Separate and Adjacent Activities
To be considered adjacent, there must be no separation of the regularly used
buildings, parking lots, storage or processing areas of the two activities by vacant
lots, or undeveloped areas over 50 feet wide as measured parallel to the centerline.
Two activities may occupy one building as long as each has at least 300 square feet
of floor space dedicated to that activity and otherwise meets the definition of a
commercial or industrial activity. There must be separation of the two activities by a
dividing wall, separate ownership, or other distinctive characteristics. A separate
product line offered by one business will not be considered two activities.
3.
Measurements
a.
The area to be considered, based upon the qualifying activities, is up to 1,600
feet (800 feet on each side) plus the actual frontage of the commercial or
industrial activities, measured along the highway right of way provided that
the proposed sign structure is located on the same parcel on which the
activities are located.
b.
The depth of an unzoned commercial or industrial area is measured from the
nearest edge of the highway right of way perpendicular to the centerline of
the main-traveled way of the highway at a depth of 660 feet.
4.
Test for Residential or Agricultural
a.
The area must be considered as a whole prior to the application of the test for
predominantly residential or agricultural.
b.
An area shall be considered to be predominantly residential or agricultural if
more than 50% of the area is being used for a residential or agricultural
purpose. Roads and streets with residential or agricultural property on both
sides shall be considered as being used for residential or agricultural
purposes.
5.
Non-Qualifying Commercial or Industrial Activities
The following activities will not be considered commercial or industrial for the
purposes of establishing an unzoned commercial or industrial area:
a.
Outside advertising structures:
b.
Agricultural, forestry, ranching, grazing, farming and related activities,
including, but not limited to, temporary wayside fresh produce stands;
c.
Activities:
i.
Not housed in a permanent building or structure;
ii.
Not having an indoor restroom, telephone, running water, functioning
electrical connections, and adequate heating;
iii.
Not having permanent flooring other than material such as dirt,
gravel, or sand or,
iv.
Not accessible in all non-catastrophic weather conditions.
d.
Activities not housed in a permanent building that is visible from the traffic
lanes of the main-traveled way;
e.
Activities conducted in a building primarily used as a residence;
f.
Railroad right of way;
g.
Activities that do not have a portion of the regularly used buildings, parking
lots, storage or processing areas within 200 feet from the edge of the right of
way;
h.
Activities conducted only seasonally;
i.
Activities conducted in a building having less than 300 square feet of floor
space devoted to the activities;
j.
Activities that do not have at least one person who is at the activity site,
performing work, an average of at least 30 hours per week and spread over
four (4) days;
k.
Activities which have not been open for at least 6 months;
l.
Recreational facilities such as campgrounds, golf courses, tennis courts, wild
animal parks, and zoos, except for the portion of the activities occupied by
permanent buildings which otherwise meet the criteria in this subsection, and
parking lots;
m.
Apartment houses or residential condominiums;
n.
Areas used by public or private preschools, secondary schools, colleges and
universities for education or recreation (this does not preclude trade schools
or corporate training campuses);
o.
Quarries or borrow pits, except for any portion of the activities occupied by
permanent buildings which otherwise meet the criteria in this subsection and
parking lots;
p.
Cemeteries, or churches, synagogues, mosques, or other places primarily
used for worship; and
q.
Radio or microwave communication towers.
6.
Effect of Cessation of Activities
a.
Except as provided in subsection (c) below, a sign permitted through the
presence of qualifying activity(s) under both the present rule or previous
rules, will be classified as conforming so long as a like number of qualifying
activity(s) remain. If all qualifying activities in the area cease, the sign will
become nonconforming. The intent of this provision is such that a sign that
qualified under the current regulations or preceding regulations will remain
conforming so long as the qualifying activity(s) remain. For example, if a
sign qualified under the rule requiring one qualifying activity, the sign will
remain conforming so long as a qualifying activity continues. Likewise, if
the sign qualified under the rule requiring two qualifying activities, the sign
will remain conforming so long as two qualifying activities continue.
b.
With regard to a sign that qualifies under the test for agricultural and/or
residential (subsection 4 above) if the area ceases to qualify under this test,
the sign will become nonconforming.
c.
If MDOT has evidence that an activity supporting an unzoned commercial or
industrial area has ceased and no business has been conducted at the activity
site within one year after erection of the sign, MDOT may cancel the permit.
Urban Area: An area including and adjacent to a municipality or other urban place having a
population of five thousand (5,000) or more, as determined by the latest available Federal
Census, within boundaries to be fixed by the Department, subject to the approval of the
Secretary of Transportation. Information relative to the boundaries or urban areas may be
obtained from Transportation Planning Division, Mississippi Department of Transportation,
Post Office Box 1850, Jackson, Mississippi 39215-1850.
Vegetation Removal Permit: A permit giving consent to selectively cut and remove
vegetation from within the Department right-of-way as provided in Section 503. Form
MND-830, Vegetation Removal Permit, shall be used for removing vegetation. This permit
is to be differentiated from a right of way encroachment permit for the removal of
vegetation for business visibility, or other reason. Vegetation restricted from removal
includes any and all trees or brush located on the right-of-way.
Visible/Visible from the Traveled Way: Capable of being seen without visual aid by a
person of normal visual acuity in any season of the year from the main traveled way. The
following criteria will be used in determining which signs have been erected for the purpose
of their messages being read from the main traveled way.
1.
Location of sign
2.
Local terrain and physical obstructions
3.
Size of sign
4.
Angle of sign in relation to controlled highway
5.
Message content
6.
Distance from controlled highway in relation to size of sign
7.
Exposure time in relation to maximum speed limit.
View: The range of vision defined as the line of sight from a driving motorist to a sign
location as measured along the pavement edge of the adjacent travel lane and in the
direction of travel from 500 feet to a point perpendicular to the sign location. The view is
assessed by projecting straight lines from a height of the motorist view (3.5’ to 7.6’ above
the pavement) to the outer edges of a sign or proposed sign face and inclusive of the planar
area encompassed within the sign or proposed sign face.
Zoning: The act of a county or municipality under Title 17, Chapter 1 of the Mississippi
Code of 1972 whereby said county or municipality categorizes all of the property within its
boundaries for the purpose of controlling land use and development as required by statute.
Zoning ordinances must address the entire aerial extent of the county or municipality (i.e.
must be comprehensive).
Zoned Commercial or Industrial Areas: Those areas which are comprehensively zoned for
commercial or industrial purposes pursuant to local zoning ordinances or regulations. In
locations lacking a comprehensive zoning plan, the area will be evaluated as an unzoned
commercial and industrial area in accordance with Section 347 of this rule. Zoned
Commercial or Industrial Areas are further addressed in Section 502.
BONDS
All persons, partnerships, corporations, or other business entities erecting and or
maintaining permitted outdoor advertising devices under these regulations shall be required,
as of January 1, 1968, to provide the Commission with a bond in an amount not to exceed
one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) to insure the faithful compliance with the rules and
regulations. Form MND-810, Bond for Outdoor Advertising Business, shall be used.
All persons requesting a Vegetation Removal Permit shall provide the Commission with a
performance bond in the full sum of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). Form MND-835,
Vegetation Removal Performance Bond, shall be used for furnishing said bond.
When multiple permits are requested there must be a separate Bond for each permit. In lieu
of separate bonds, the Applicant may post one bond in an amount totaling $5,000.00 per
permit with reference to each permit number noted on the bond. The bond must stay in
effect until completion of the work for all referenced permits as determined by the State
Permit Officer.
PERMITS
General: A permit must be secured from the Department by any person or company before
erecting outdoor advertising within the control area when such outdoor advertising is within
the provisions of Sections 800.1, 800.4, 800.5 or 801.1.
Exceptions: A permit is not required for the erection of outdoor advertising within
the control area when such outdoor advertising is within the provisions of Sections
800.2, 800.3, 800.6, 800.7, 801.2, 801.3, or 801.4.
Procedure: Permits shall be administered in accord with the following procedure:
1. Each person or company desiring to erect outdoor advertising subject to these
regulations shall make application on Form MND-800, Application for Permit to
Erect Outdoor Advertising Sign. Prior to submitting the completed form, the
applicant shall place a marker on the site of the proposed billboard indicating the
exact location of said billboard. Failure to place the marker on the site will result in
rejection of the permit. The applicant shall attach to the completed form a certified
copy of any permits required by the county and/or municipality in which the
proposed sign will be located. If the county and/or municipality does not require a
permit, the applicant shall furnish MDOT a certified signed copy of a statement by
the responsible official of that jurisdiction that a permit is not required. The
applicant shall also attach a copy of the deed for the parcel on which the proposed
sign is to be located as well as acknowledgement in the permit application that no
restrictions of outdoor advertising structures exist in said document. The completed
form and the permit fee of eighty five dollars ($85.00) will be submitted to the State
Maintenance Engineer, in Jackson, Mississippi.
2.
Upon receipt of an application in proper form and the permit application fee, the
State Maintenance Engineer or his/her designated agent will inspect the proposed
site location, authorized by the signed landowner permission contained in the permit
application, to insure the site and view conforms to the requirements in this Rule,
check all additional information required, and photograph said sign location.
3.
Following the inspection the State Maintenance Engineer or his/her designated agent
shall within ten (10) days, grant or deny the application unless good cause exists for
extending said deadline for an additional ten (10) days and the applicant is notified
prior to the extension. If the sign is located within a municipality or county that
requires permitting of outdoor advertising in its jurisdiction, a certified copy of the
permit from said municipality or county must be attached to the permit application.
If the permit application lacks any of the information required by Federal Law,
Mississippi Law, or the provisions of this Rule, the applicant will be allowed thirty
(30) days from the date of notification to correct deficiencies, after which the
application will be void.
4.
If the application is in order and complies with the applicable Law as set out herein,
the State Maintenance Engineer or his appointed representative will approve the
permit and enter the permit number on the form.
5.
Copies of the approved permit will be distributed to the applicant and other affected
parties.
6.
Upon receipt, the permit fee will be forwarded to the Financial Management
Division for deposit with the State Treasurer.
7.
After erection of the sign in conformance with the permit, the applicant shall be
required to place the Company Logo on the sign structure in full view from the
highway.
8.
The applicant shall advise the State Maintenance Engineer or designated agent in
writing, as soon as the sign is erected in order that a final inspection can be made
and a sign marker, showing the permit number, affixed to the sign.
9.
After the sign is erected by permit the designated agent will affix a sign marker to
the sign structure in a prominent location.
10.
Each permit issued shall have an initial term of twelve (12) months from the date of
issuance. If the sign structure has not been entirely erected (as specified by the
permit) during this term, the permit shall expire. No extensions of this initial term
will be granted. If the sign structure has not been erected during the 12 month term
and if the permittee still desires to erect an Outdoor Advertising structure at the site,
a new application and another eighty five dollar ($85.00) fee must be submitted.
Following the expiration of the initial term, permittees of Outdoor Advertising
structures erected within the allowed 12 month period will be required to pay an
annual renewal fee of twenty ($20.00) beginning the following July 1st, which shall
begin the secondary term of the permit.
a.
The secondary term of the permit shall end on the next following July 1st after
payment of the renewal fee. The renewal fee will be billed to the permit
holder on July 1 of each year thereafter. Failure to pay the renewal fee before
September 1 of that same year will result in revocation of the permit and the
billboard will be declared an illegal sign subject to immediate removal.
11.
Form MND-800, Application for Permit to Erect Outdoor Advertising Sign, is
required for each proposed sign installation. A double face or “V” type structure
shall only require one (1) application as provided in Section 900.
12.
Nothing contained in this Rule shall be construed to limit in any way the authority of
any municipality or county in which the sign is to be erected to grant or deny a
permit for the erection of said sign or to waive any requirement of any municipality
or county for a permit for the erection of said sign. If a municipality or county
refuses to grant a permit for a sign within their jurisdiction, the Department will not
grant a permit for said sign.
13.
If the application is denied, the Applicant shall have the right to request an
Administrative Review as set out under Section 1800 – Administrative Reviews.
14.
Procedure Where Site is Zoned Commercial or Industrial.
a.
If the site has been zoned Commercial or Industrial as a part of the original
zoning ordinance of the Municipality or County, the applicant must attach an
affidavit of the clerk of said Municipality or County that attests to the zoning
classification of said site.
b.
If the application is being made for a sign which is contained within an area
that has been rezoned from a classification that would not allow commercial
advertising to a commercial or industrial area, a certified copy of the
rezoning ordinance or order shall be attached to the application.
15.
If the owner of a permit granted hereunder assigns, sells or otherwise transfers said
permit to another owner, the transferring owner, jointly with the new owner, must
notify the Department by submitting Form 850, Notification of Transfer of MDOT
Outdoor Advertising Permit, to the State Maintenance Engineer within thirty (30)
days of the transfer.
16.
A sign that is allowed to remain as a “grandfathered” sign and that otherwise
conforms to the requirements herein may obtain a permit. For such signs, the initial
permit fee will be the same as a permit application fee as set herein.
17.
Where the property owner, outdoor advertising firm, or any agent or predecessor in
interest has received an encroachment permit allowing them to remove vegetation
from the adjacent right of way, no outdoor advertising permit may be granted within
that area for twenty (20) years from the date of the permit. Where vegetation has
been removed from the right of way without permit, no outdoor advertising permit
will be allowed until thirty (30) years from the date that the illegal removal was
discovered by the Department. The area in either case is measured parallel along the
edge of pavement for the length of area where vegetation is removed and
additionally 500 feet in either direction along that side of the roadway. It is the
express intent herein to prohibit outdoor advertising where vegetation has been
removed from the right of way to create a visible location for the billboard.
18.
If an environmental review under NEPA has begun for a project before the complete
permit application is received by the department, the resulting permit, if any, may be
provisionally granted. After the Right of Way plans for the project are certified, the
provisional permit may be reevaluated. If upon reevaluation, the proposed sign
location will be non-conforming at the time construction of the project is completed,
the permittee will be required to remove the sign at his expense without
compensation at a mutually agreed upon date such that the sign does not interfere
with the applicable construction project. If the final plans for right-of-way or
construction of a project have been certified before the receipt of a completed permit
application and the proposed location will be non-conforming at the time
construction is completed, the permit will be denied. If a permit is received by the
department along a route that is under active construction, the inspection of the
permit site may be suspended until such time as construction operations present a
safe opportunity to perform said inspection with concurrence from the Project
Engineer or until date of Release of Maintenance for the project.
Vegetation Removal Permit, Form MND-830
1.
General: A Vegetation Removal Permit must be secured from the Department by
any person or company before cutting, or trimming vegetation from the
Department’s right-of-way. Trees, bushes and vegetation growing at or near
permitted sites that have grown into the view of the sign face may be cleared or
removed by a permittee, his employee, or contractor upon application made to and
approval by the Department. The Department shall charge a permittee a vegetation
clearance fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) per site each time that the Department
authorizes a vegetation clearance as provided in Section 49-23-11, Mississippi Code
of 1972, as amended.
2.
Procedure: Any person or company requesting a Vegetation Removal Permit to
selectively cut and remove vegetation from the Department’s right-of-way must
submit a written request on Form MND-829 to the State Maintenance Engineer or
his/her designated agent via the Maintenance Division. Except as provided herein, a
Vegetation Removal Permit may be granted for legally permitted sign locations
only. Before a permit is granted, said sign must be in place for at least three (3)
years. A Vegetation Removal Permit at Grandfathered Sign locations will not be
allowed unless a permit is obtained under section 501. No Vegetation Removal
Permit will be allowed on a scenic byway. The vegetation control view area shall
not extend beyond the distances indicated in the diagram that shall be attached to the
Vegetation Removal Permit. The maximum vegetation control view area is
determined in the manner set forth in section 350 of this Rule. This distance shall be
measured along the highway from the viewable face(s) of the advertising device.
Vegetation Cuts will not be allowed in the median of a State Controlled Route. Any
agreement with any local governing body relative to the planting of vegetation on
the right of way of any state controlled route shall direct that the provisions of these
regulations shall continue to apply to vegetation removal in those affected areas. The
written request for a vegetation cut must include definite mileage from certain points
to the sign location, permit number from the approved permit application, a
description of the work to be performed and a permit fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) for
each location.
3.
The applicant will submit all correspondence, a completed Vegetation Removal
Permit request (Form-829), and fee to the State Maintenance Engineer or his/her
designated agent. The State Maintenance Engineer’s agent will arrange with the
applicant for a field inspection. After completing the field inspection, the State
Maintenance Engineer’s designated agent shall determine the existence of
marketable timber and the value thereof. The State Maintenance Engineer may, in
his discretion, require the applicant to pay the market value of the timber before the
Vegetation Removal Permit is granted. The State Maintenance Engineer’s
designated agent shall approve or disapprove the Vegetation Removal Permit. If the
Vegetation Removal Permit is approved, the State Maintenance Engineer’s
designated agent shall send copies of the approved Vegetation Removal Permit and
a diagram of the vegetation removal area to the applicant, and the appropriate
District Maintenance Engineer. If the Vegetation Removal Permit request is denied,
a letter of explanation will be sent to the applicant. The applicant shall have the
right to appeal this denial in accordance with Section 1800 herein. If approved, the
Applicant will provide a Vegetation Removal Performance Bond as required in
Section 400 herein before beginning any work. The applicant will also provide
proof of general liability insurance with a registered Mississippi agent in the amount
of $500,000 or more. Upon posting said bond the Applicant will advise the State
Maintenance Engineer or his/her designated agent at least two (2) working days in
advance of performing any work. All work is to be performed Monday through
Friday excluding State Employee Holidays. The State Maintenance Engineer’s
designated agent shall observe the work in progress.
4.
The Vegetation Removal Permit holder or his/her agent shall not impede traffic on
any highway while performing the work. If workers or equipment are to be in the
proximity of the traffic lanes, the applicant shall furnish, place and maintain traffic
control in accordance with Part 6 of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
for Streets and Highways (MUTCD). The applicant or the State Maintenance
Engineer shall attach a special traffic control plan to the application if special traffic
control details are required.
5.
The Vegetation Removal Permit will expire on the completion of the work or one
(1) year from the date of issuance unless canceled, suspended, or revoked prior to
the expiration date whichever comes earlier.
6.
Violations of this subsection are addressed in Section 1306.
FEES
The permit fee for outdoor advertising shall be eighty-five dollars ($85.00) per sign location
and must be submitted along with completed Form MND-800, Application for Permit to
Erect Outdoor Advertising Sign. A side by side, back to back, or V-type, structure shall be
considered as one (1) sign in payment of fees. If the permitted sign structure is not erected
in the allowed 12-month period, see Section 500. The permit fee covers the expenses
incurred by MDOT in processing the application and is, therefore, nonrefundable.
There is a twenty-dollar ($20.00) annual renewal fee for all permitted outdoor advertising
signs. Failure to pay the renewal fee when due may result in revocation of the permit and
removal of the sign.
There is a fee of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per site for each Vegetation Removal Permit
request.
Small Business Signs are exempt from the payment of fees hereunder provided they
meet the following criteria:
1.
The sign must advertise a service or product offered by the business;
2.
The sign is not located on the premises of the business that offers the product or
service, these signs may not be located on Interstate or Freeway right-of-way;
3.
The sign face does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet;
4.
The sign is owned, not leased, by the owner of the business that offers the product or
service;
5.
The only information that appears on the sign consists of the product or service that
is offered by the business and the name and location of the business; and
6.
The business that offers the product or service is located at a single site, is operated
by the owner and employs no more than two (2) individuals, excluding family
members.
Notwithstanding the waiver of permit fees, all Small Business Signs must be permitted and
maintained under the applicable regulations for permitting outdoor advertising signs under
this Rule.
There are no fees required for Specially Authorized Signs and Notices as defined in Section
1700. However, said applicant shall submit Form MND-805, Application for Permit to
Erect Directional or Other Official Signs Adjacent to State Controlled Routes, for a permit
to erect any sign off the Department right-of-way.
As defined in Section 1700, the applicant shall submit Form MND-004, Application for
Permit to Locate Certain Facilities on or To Perform Certain Work on State Highway Right-
of-Way, with no permit fee required, for “Welcome to City/County Name” Encroachment
Signs and “Acknowledgment” Signs. These signs may be permitted on the Department
right-of-way. See MDOT-Rule 37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits, for
permitting process.
Nothing contained in this Rule shall be construed to prohibit the payment of a permit fee to
a municipality or county in addition to that imposed hereunder.
PROHIBITED SIGNS
Signs within the control area and visible from the traveled way of State Controlled Routes
are prohibited as follows:
1.
Those which in any way imitate any traffic control device, railroad sign or signal, or
highway directional signs.
2.
Those which contain, include, or are illuminated by any flashing, intermittent, or
moving light or lights, except those giving public service information such as time,
date, temperature, weather or similar information. Signs which contain any
movement, illusion of movement, or animated and/or moving parts within the sign
structure including but not limited to changing electronic messages that scroll,
attachments that are effected by wind movement, smoke or steam emission, etc.
Digital signs are allowed and are further addressed by Section 1000 below.
3.
Those which are not effectively shielded as to prevent beams or rays of light from
being directed at any portion of the traveled ways of the highway and which are of
such intensity or brilliance as to cause glare or to impair the vision of the driver of
any motor vehicle, or which otherwise interfere with any driver’s operation of a
motor vehicle.
4.
Those so illuminated as to interfere with the effectiveness of, or obscure an official
traffic sign, device, or signal.
5.
Those located in such a manner as to obscure, or otherwise physically interfere with
the effectiveness of an official traffic sign, signal, or device, and those that obstruct,
or physically interfere with the driver’s view of approaching, merging, or
intersecting traffic.
6.
Those which are erected or maintained upon trees or painted or drawn upon rocks or
other natural features, or those signs displayed on trailers or other portable objects
7.
Those which are abandoned discontinued or destroyed as defined herein.
8.
Those within 150 feet from centerline of the main traveled way of divided and
undivided state controlled routes that are located on railroad right-of-way, property
owned by the United States or property owned by other public agencies on which,
for any reason, the Commission was prevented from securing the normal right-of-
way widths.
9.
Those closer than fifty (50) feet to the centerline of any State Highway as provided
in Section 49-23-31, Mississippi Code of 1972.
10.
Those that cannot be erected with a view that is unobstructed or are located within
the boundaries of a permitted sign site as herein defined, or otherwise prohibited by
the regulations contained herein.
11.
Signs located within 150 feet of the centerline of any highway when the deed for the
right of way contains a setback clause prohibiting the erection of signs within said
area.
12.
"Welcome to (City/County Name)" encroachment signs, "Acknowledgement" signs
“Recognition” signs located on or adjacent to Freeways or Interstate effective July 1,
2017 in unincorporated areas.
13.
Signs that are located on MDOT right-of-way including signs with a portion of the
face overhanging MDOT’s right-of-way.
Signs at and beyond 660 feet of the nearest edge of the right-of-way of state controlled
routes, outside of urban areas, and visible from the main traveled way of such state
controlled routes are prohibited except those specifically authorized in Section 801.1,
801.2, 801.3 or 801.4.
Signs or advertising structures erected, constructed, installed, maintained, or operated
within one thousand (1000) feet of the outside boundary of the Natchez Trace Parkway
outside the limits of any municipality are prohibited, except those specifically authorized in
Section 803.
From and after the date of its designation as an official Mississippi Scenic Byway by the
Legislature as provided in Section 65-41-11 MCA, no Outdoor Advertising structures may
be erected that are visible from said Scenic Byway. MDOT shall have full jurisdiction over
scenic byways and these regulations shall apply. All signs or advertising structures existing
prior to the designation of said Scenic Byway shall be considered and maintained as
nonconforming signs under this Rule.
AUTHORIZED SIGNS
Signs authorized to be erected and maintained within the control area are listed as follows:
1.
Specially Authorized signs and notices as set out in Section 1700 herein.
2.
Signs advertising the sale or lease of property upon which they are located.
3.
Signs advertising the principal activities conducted on the property upon which they
are located.
4.
Signs located in areas which are zoned industrial or commercial as defined herein.
5.
Signs located in unzoned commercial or industrial areas as defined herein.
6.
Signs which locate, identify, mark or warn of the presence of pipelines, utility lines
or rail and appurtenances thereto, including, but not limited to, markers used in
maintenance, operation, observation and safety of said facilities.
7.
Grandfathered signs are allowed to remain and shall be maintained as set out in
Section 1300 until they are abandoned, destroyed or purchased by the State.
However, a Grandfathered sign that is permittable under this Rule may be permitted
as set out in Section 500, and those permitted shall be treated as a permitted sign
from that time forward.
8.
Nonconforming signs are allowed to remain and shall be maintained as set out in
Section 1300 until they are abandoned, destroyed or purchased by the State.
801.
Signs at or beyond 660 feet of the nearest edge of the right-of-way of state controlled routes
outside of urban areas that are visible from the main-traveled way of such state controlled
routes are authorized as follows:
1.
Specially Authorized signs and notices as set out in Section 1700.
2.
Signs advertising the sale or lease of property upon which they are located.
3.
Signs advertising the principal activities conducted on the property upon which they
are located.
4.
Grandfathered signs are allowed to remain and shall be maintained as set out in
Section 1300 until they are Abandoned, destroyed or purchased by the State.
Landmark Signs, as defined herein in existence on October 22, 1965, are authorized to
remain. These signs will be maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 1300
herein until such time as they are abandoned or destroyed as defined herein.
Signs allowed within one thousand (1,000) feet of the outside boundary of the Natchez
Trace Parkway are:
1.
Signs, displays or devices which advertise the sale, lease, rental, or development of
the property on which they are located;
2.
Signs, displays or devices which carry only advertisements strictly related to the
lawful use of the property on which they are located, including signs, displays, and
devices which identify the business transacted, services rendered, goods sold or
produced on the property, name of the business or name of the person, firm or
corporation occupying or owning the property. The size of signs advertising the
major activity of a business is not regulated under Sections 55-13-33 through 55-13-
45 Mississippi Code of 1972. Signs which advertise brand name products or
services sold or offered for sale on the property shall not be displayed unless such
signs are attached to the building in which such products are sold. All signs
permitted under this subsection shall be located not more than one hundred fifty
(150) feet from the building in which such business activity is carried on;
3.
Historic markers erected by duly-constituted and authorized public authorities;
4.
Highway markers and signs erected or caused to be erected by the Department or
other authorized authorities in accordance with the law;
5.
Directional and official signs and notices erected and maintained by public officers
or agencies pursuant to and in accordance with lawful authorization for the purpose
of carrying out an official duty or responsibility.
6.
Except as otherwise provided by law, signs located within a one thousand (1,000)
foot radius of intersections created by the crossing of the boundary of the Natchez
Trace Parkway with the right-of-way lines of components of State Controlled
Routes.
SIGN CONFIGURATIONS WHICH MAY BE ERECTED
Conventional Signs may be erected back to back, side by side, or “V” type with not more
than two (2) faces on one side. Each face shall be limited to one (1) display.
The signs in Section 900 will be considered as one sign for permit and spacing requirements
provided the sign structures are physically contiguous or connected by the same structure
or cross bracing, or located not more than fifteen (15) feet apart at their nearest point in the
case of back to back or “V” signs.
A Tri-Vision sign structure may be erected as a single face, back-to-back or “V” type. A
Tri-Vision sign structure may not be erected in a side by side or stacked configuration.
A Digital sign structure may be erected as a single face, back-to-back or “V” type. The
structure will have no more than one face on any side. A Digital sign structure may not be
erected in a side by side or stacked configuration.
STANDARDS FOR SIGNS ERECTED UNDER PERMITS
1000 The following standards or requirements apply to all signs erected under permits issued
through this Rule. These standards are subject to the standards set out in § 49-23-1, et seq.,
Mississippi Code of 1972 and shall conform to any amendments thereto from and after the
adoption of this Rule.
1.
Maximum Size and Height
a.
The maximum area for each face of a sign erected before July 1, 2003 shall
be 1,200 square feet.
b.
For sign structures erected on or after July 1, 2003, the total aggregate sign
face area for any one direction of travel, including side-by—side
configurations, shall be 672 square feet, the maximum height shall be
fourteen (14) feet and the maximum length shall be forty-eight (48) feet,
inclusive of any border and trim on the sign face, but excluding any
embellishment on, and cut-out extension of, the sign face, the base or apron,
supports and other structural members. The height of any sign structure shall
not exceed forty (40) feet.
c.
For sign structures erected on or after April 15, 2008, the height of any sign
structure shall not exceed forty (40) feet above the level of the road grade
unless the grade of the land adjacent to the road is higher than the level of the
road grade, then the height of the sign structure may exceed forty (40) feet
above the level of the road grade but shall not exceed forty (40) feet above
the grade of the site where the sign is placed. Any embellishment on or cut-
out extension of any sign face shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the
square footage of such sign face.
d.
The area of any sign face shall be measured by the smallest square,
rectangle, triangle or circle or combination thereof which will encompass the
entire sign. Any embellishment on or cut-out extension of any sign face shall
not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the square footage of such sign face.
e.
Maximum size for a Tri-Vision face will be that area prescribed herein as of
the date of erection. Each face will have three (3) rotating displays with only
one (1) display being viewed at a time.
f.
Where the visibility of an outdoor advertising structure in affected by the
installation of a noise attenuation barrier, the permittee may apply for relief
by the following methods:
i.
Relocation of the sign;
ii.
A modification of the height of the sign to mitigate the reduced
visibility. Application for modification to the height of the sign must
be made to the State Maintenance Engineer and approved by the
Commission. The municipality or county in which the sign is located
must concur with the height modification.
2.
Location:
a.
INTERCHANGES: Signs shall not be located adjacent to or within five
hundred (500) feet of an interchange, safety Rest Area/Welcome Center,
scale area or any other facility requiring ramps for access to or from the main
traveled way. Said five hundred (500) feet is to be measured along the
roadway from the beginning or ending of pavement widening at the exit from
or entrance to the main traveled way. In the absence of a widening point,
such as in a continuous ramp, the distance measured along the roadway will
be 500 feet from the gore point plus an additional 1300 feet which represents
the standard design length of a freeway acceleration/deceleration ramp. The
500 feet shall be measured independently for each direction of travel and a
sign legal in one direction shall not be placed in such a manner that it can be
read from the opposing direction if within the opposing traffic control zone.
Within the limits of an incorporated city, town, or village an interchange of
the “split diamond” configuration will be treated as two separate
interchanges for the purpose of this subsection.
b. INTERSECTIONS: Signs shall not be located within five hundred (500) feet
of an intersection at grade of two (2) or more State Controlled Routes. Said
five hundred (500) feet to be measured from the centerlines of the at-grade
routes.
3.
Spacing: The distance between signs shall be measured along the nearest edge of the
traveled way between points directly opposite the center of the sign supports nearest
the traveled way for each respective sign.
a.
No two (2) signs shall be spaced less than five hundred (500) feet except as
to signs in existence on April 15, 2008. This spacing limitation shall apply
to areas within incorporated cities, towns, villages and in zoned and unzoned
industrial or commercial areas outside of incorporated limits of cities, towns,
or villages.
b.
All outdoor advertising signs and other advertising devices located within
one-half mile of an intersection of two (2) or more primary highways, or a
primary highway and the Great River Road, or an interchange on the
interstate system shall be erected and/or maintained with a minimum spacing
between structures of five hundred (500) feet, unless separated by another
commercial building or structure, other than outdoor advertising, in which
case outdoor advertising may be permitted on one or more sides of the
building(s). The minimum spacing requirements of five hundred (500) feet
between structures shall not apply to signs in existence on April 15, 2008.
c.
Minimum spacing between two consecutive Tri-Vision sign structures
viewed from the same side of the highway will double the applicable
minimum spacing. The minimum spacing for a Tri-Vision sign structure
adjacent to a conventional sign shall be determined in the same manner as
spacing between two conventional signs.
d.
Minimum spacing between a Digital Sign Structure and any other outdoor
advertising sign structure located on the same side of the highway will be
double the applicable minimum spacing (1,000 Feet). Other signs adjacent to
the Digital Sign that read in the opposite direction from the Digital Sign will
not be considered when measuring the spacing. i.e. where the digital sign
reads only to northbound traffic, a conventional sign that is less than 1000
feet from the Digital sign and reads only to southbound traffic will not be
considered as a violation of this spacing rule. This paragraph applies only to
the spacing of Digital Sign Structures and does not apply to conventional
signs or tri-vision signs.
4.
Lighting
a.
Signs which were in existence without lighting on March 6, 1972, and which
do not comply with the permit requirements of this Rule are not to be
illuminated.
b.
Signs which were in existence on March 6, 1972, without lighting, and
which comply with the permit requirements of this Rule, together with signs
erected by permit under authority of this Rule may be illuminated in
adherence to the customary practices of the sign industry in Mississippi on
June 15, 1966, but not in a manner prohibited in Section 700.
5.
Tri-Vision Signs
a.
Tri-Vision Signs shall have no more than two (2) faces with three (3)
rotating displays per face; dwell time for each face shall be at least ten (10)
seconds; twirl time of each face shall be three (3) seconds or less. Tri-Vision
signs shall contain a default design that will freeze the sign in one position if
malfunction occurs. Tri-Vision signs may not be erected in a side by side or
stacked configuration.
i.
No conventional sign structure can be converted to a Tri-Vision sign
unless the site is a conforming site. Sign owners are required to
obtain all applicable city/municipality/county permit(s) and furnish
MDOT with certified copies of same to allow a Tri-Vision Face on
converted or new signs. Nonconforming, grandfathered, or illegal
sign structures will not be allowed to be retro-fitted with a Tri-Vision
sign. Before applying to MDOT for a permit to convert a sign to a
Tri-Vision Sign, Sign owners are required to comply with all
applicable permitting requirements of the city or county. Certified
copies of the local permits must be furnished to MDOT with the
request to modify the sign.
ii.
All retro-fitted Tri-Vision signs on permitted, conforming structures
must first be approved for compliance with these rules by the State
Maintenance Engineer or his/her representative.
6.
Digital Signs
a.
In addition to the provisions set out herein. Digital sign structures shall be
governed by the following:
i.
The display change time shall be not more than (1) second with
duration of each display not less than (8) seconds. Digital/LED
Display structures shall contain a default design that will freeze the
display in one still position if a malfunction occurs. The owner of
every permitted Digital/LED Display sign will provide the MDOT
State Maintenance Engineer with an on-call contact person and phone
number for each permitted Digital/LED Display sign. The contact
person must have the authority and ability to make immediate
modifications to the displays and lighting levels should the need
arise.
ii.
Digital/LED Display – Displays shall not create excessive brightness
or glare. Such displays shall contain static messages only without
movement. Movement is herein defined as the appearance or illusion
of movement, either text or images, of any part of the sign structure,
design, or pictorial, segment of the sign, including the movement of
any illumination or the flashing, scintillating, or varying of light
intensity.
iii.
The digital billboard must have capability to adjust its intensity in
response to ambient lighting conditions. Should MDOT, at its sole
discretion, find the sign, any display or effect thereon, to cause glare
or to impair the vision of the driver of any motor vehicle or which
otherwise interferes with the operation of a motor vehicle, upon
request, the owner of the sign shall immediately reduce lighting
intensity of the sign to a level acceptable to MDOT. Failure to
reduce lighting intensity on request shall be cause for revocation of
the permit.
iv.
No conventional sign structure can be converted to Digital/LED
Display unless the site is a conforming site. Sign owners are required
to obtain all applicable city/municipality/county permit(s) and furnish
MDOT with certified copies of same to allow a digital sign face on
converted or new signs. Nonconforming, grandfathered, or illegal
sign structures will not be allowed to be retro-fitted with a
Digital/LED Display. Before applying to MDOT for a permit to
convert a sign to Digital/LED Display, Sign owners are required to
comply with all applicable permitting requirements of the city or
county. Certified copies of the local permits must be furnished to
MDOT with the request to modify the sign.
v.
All retro-fitted Digital/LED Displays on permitted, conforming
structures must first be approved for compliance with these rules by
the State Maintenance Engineer or his/her representative.
b.
‘Immediate’ or ‘immediately’ referred to in Sections 1000.6.a.i. and
1000.6.a.iii. above, shall be considered by the Department to mean that the
owner shall promptly and diligently begin and complete modifications as
soon as it is advised of the need thereof. If the malfunction poses a hazard to
the safety of the traveling public, the sign shall be turned off on arrival by the
owner or its maintenance personnel until such repairs can be made.
7.
Alternative Energy Devices (AED) A device that produces electricity from solar or
wind energy.
a.
New permit applications for ODA shall be accompanied with a depiction and
description of the AED to be utilized on the sign structure at the proposed
sign site. An Application to Modify ODA Sign Permit (MND-801) shall be
approved by the State Permit Officer prior to conversions to an AED on
existing conforming signs.
b.
Solar collector panels, batteries etc. may be located on separate support(s) or
on the sign structure, provided they do not exceed the maximum height of
sign (40’). Wind Turbines shall be on separate supports, movement on the
sign structure is prohibited.
c.
AEDs cannot display logos or advertising nor should they present an
unsightly appearance, glare or otherwise be distractive when viewed from
the main traveled way.
8.
Conflicts
Many of the limits set out herein are controlled by Statute. Any conflict between the
language in this section and the statutory language shall be controlled by the
language of the Statute. Any modification to said statutes enacted after adoption of
this rule shall have control over the limits set out herein.
DETERMINATION OF ON-PREMISE SIGNS
1100 General
1.
23 USC 131, and Section 49-23-5, Mississippi Code of 1972, define on premise
signs. Said statutes also place “on premise signs” beyond the regulatory control of
the Department. The guidelines herein are derived and developed from these
statutes and are applicable to Federal and state regulations to identify on-premise
signs. The provisions herein do not prohibit signs containing non-commercial
speech.
2.
In addition to the above, Section 55-13-33, Mississippi Code of 1972 allows signs,
displays, or devices to be erected within one thousand (1000) feet of the outside
boundary of the Natchez Trace Parkway if the sign only has advertisements strictly
related to the lawful use of the property on which it is located including signs,
displays or devices which identify the business transacted, services rendered, goods
sold or produced on the property, name of the business or name of the person, firm,
or corporation occupying or owning the property. Signs which advertise brand
name products or service sold or offered for sale on the property shall not be
displayed unless such signs are on or attached to the building in which such products
are sold. All signs allowed under this subsection shall be located not more than one
hundred fifty (150) feet from the building in which such business activity is carried
on.
3.
This section sets forth the policies and procedures for determining whether a sign is
an on premise sign. It is the purpose of this section to prevent possible abuses or
obvious attempts to qualify off premise outdoor advertising as on-premise signs,
thereby exempting them from control.
1101 Characteristics of an on-premise sign
1.
A sign, display or device will be considered to be an on-premise sign if it meets the
following requirements:
a.
The sign must be located on the same premises as the activity or property
advertised; and
b.
The sign must have as its purpose (1) the identification of the activity, or its
products or services or (2) the sale or lease of the property on which the sign
is located, rather than the purpose of general advertising.
1102 Premises Test
1.
The following shall be used for determining whether a sign, display or device is
located on the same premises as the activity or property advertised as required under
1101.1.a above.
a.
The premises on which the activity is conducted is determined by physical
facts rather than property lines. Generally, the premises is defined as the land
occupied by the buildings or other physical uses that are necessary or
customarily incident to the activity, including such open spaces as are
arranged and designed to be used in connection with such buildings or uses.
b.
The following will not be considered to be a part of the premises on which
the activity is conducted, and any signs located on such land will be
considered off-premise advertising:
i.
Any land which is not used as an integral part of the principle
activity. This would include, but is not limited to, land which is
separated from the activity by a roadway, highway, or other
obstruction, and not used by an extensive highway frontage
contiguous to the land actually used by a commercial facility, even
though it might be under the same ownership.
ii.
Any land which is used for, or devoted to, a separate purpose
unrelated to the advertising activity. For example, land adjacent to or
adjoining a service station but devoted to the raising of crops,
residence or farmstead uses or other commercial or industrial uses
having no relationship to the service station activity would not be part
of the premises of the service station, even though under the same
ownership unless the area is part of one unified, planned
development, then the area may be evaluated such that an on-premise
sign may advertise any activity contained within the development.
iii.
Any land which is (a) at some distance from the principal activity,
and (b) in closer proximity to the highway than the principal activity,
and (c) developed or used only in the area of the sign site, or between
the sign site and the principal activity, and (d) occupied solely by
structures or uses which are only incidental to the principal activity,
and which serve no reasonable or integrated purpose relative to the
activity other than an attempt to qualify the land for signing purposes.
Generally, said land supports facilities that include: picnic,
playground or camping areas, dog kennels, golf driving ranges, skeet
ranges, walking paths, fences, unpaved parking lots and sign
maintenance sheds.
c.
Narrow Strips
i.
Where the sign site is located at or near the end of a narrow strip
contiguous to the advertised activity, the sign site shall not be
considered part of the premises on which the activity being advertised
is conducted. A narrow strip shall include any configuration of land
which is such that it cannot be put to any reasonable use related to the
activity other than signing purposes.
ii.
In no event shall a sign site be considered part of the premises on
which the advertised activity is conducted if it is located upon a
narrow strip of land:
A.
Which is non-buildable land, such as swampland, marshland,
or other wet land, or
B.
Which is a common or private roadway, or
C.
Held by easement or other lesser interest than the premises
where the advertised activity is located.
1103 Purpose Test
1.
The following will be used to determine whether a sign, display or device has an
appropriate purpose as required in 1101.1.b above.
a.
Any sign which consists solely of the name of the establishment is an
on-premise sign.
b.
A sign which identifies the establishment's principal or accessory products
or services offered on the premises is an on-premise sign.
c.
When a sign,
i
Brings rental income to an independent property owner,
ii.
Consists principally of a brand name or trade name advertising, and
iii.
The product or service advertised is only incidental to the principal
activity; it shall be considered an outdoor advertising sign and not an
on-premise sign.
d.
A sign which advertises activities conducted on the premises, but which also
advertises, in a prominent manner, activities not conducted on the premises
is not an on-premise sign.
e.
A sale or lease sign which also advertises any product or service not located
upon and related to the business of selling or leasing the land on which the
sign is located is not an on-premise sign.
CONSTRUCTION OF SIGNS
1200 Construction should conform to the requirements set forth by the Outdoor Advertisers
Association of America and by the International Building Code, or should conform to the
applicable local sign code or ordinance, whichever is more restrictive.
1201 The Applicant will be required to erect permitted sign(s) so that all sign faces are visible
above the tree line. The State Maintenance Engineer’s designated agent will make final
inspection of the permitted sign and determine whether the sign is above the tree line and
take a photograph. The owner of the permitted sign will be advised if the sign is not above
the tree line and will be required to raise the height of the sign or the permit will be forfeited
and the sign must be removed. If the sign cannot be raised above the tree line without
exceeding the maximum height of sign, the permit will be forfeited. Applications for
permits to erect signs which are not visible due to existing landscaping of the right-of-way
will be denied.
1202 The erection of signs adjacent to non-access highways by access from the highway right of
way is prohibited. The parking of vehicles on any highway right of way while constructing
signs is also prohibited. Violation of this section may result in penalties as provided in
Section 1305.
1203 Methods of construction and materials used shall not produce a sign which, when viewed
from the rear, presents an unsightly appearance. All materials used upon the sign site, as
herein defined, being structural cosmetic or otherwise, must comply with the Rule, and all
applicable State, Federal, and local statutes or ordinances.
MAINTENANCE AND CONTINUANCE OF SIGNS
1300 For the purpose of defining maintenance requirements, signs are divided into four (4)
categories.
1.
Conforming signs as defined in Section 307;
2.
Grandfathered signs as defined in Sections 318;
3.
Non-Conforming signs as defined in 329;
4.
Landmark Signs are defined in Section 802.
1301 All signs described in Section 1300 shall be maintained in accordance with the following:
1.
Outdoor Advertising Signs shall be satisfactorily maintained. Those not maintained
in a satisfactory manner will be declared abandoned.
2.
The use of chemicals to destroy trees and other vegetation is strictly prohibited. The
trimming or cutting of trees, shrubs and/or vegetation on highway right of way in
order to improve or enhance the visibility of any sign is strictly prohibited, except
after securing an approved Vegetation Removal Permit, Form MND-830, from the
Department.
3.
The maintenance of signs adjacent to non-access highways by access from the
highway right of way is prohibited. The parking of vehicles on any highway right of
way while maintaining signs is also prohibited.
4.
Abandoned, and/or obsolete signs shall be immediately removed by the owner(s)
thereof at the owner(s) sole expense with no compensation.
a.
An “Available for Lease” or similar message that concerns the availability of
the sign itself does not constitute advertising matter. A sign with such a
message will be treated as a discontinued sign as set out above.
b.
Similarly, a sign whose message has been partially obliterated by the owner
so as not to identify a particular product, service or facility is considered to
be an obsolete sign.
5.
Destroyed sign structures, as defined in Section 337.7, shall be immediately
removed by the owner(s) thereof at the owner(s) expense with no compensation.
Destroyed signs must be evaluated for conformity to the Rule and be approved by
MDOT before being replaced
1302 In addition to the requirements set out in Section 1301, conforming signs shall also be
subject to the following:
1.
After a sign has been erected in conformity with the permit requirements, a request
for additional faces, additional lighting, and changes to the sign dimensions, etc.
beyond customary maintenance may be submitted without obtaining an additional
permit. The permit holder must submit an Application to Modify ODA Sign Permit
(MND-801) to the State Permit Officer. The form shall identify the sign by the
Department permit number and give details of proposed changes. The sign shall at
all times conform to the standards contained in Section 1300 of this Rule.
a.
The Permit Officer for Control of Outdoor Advertising will inspect the
permitted location. If proposed changes are approved, the State Permit
Officer will advise the sign owner.
b.
The Application to Modify ODA Sign Permit will remain valid for twelve
(12) months from the approval date.
2.
The location of a permitted sign may be changed by the filing of a new permit
application and the approval of the State Maintenance Engineer
1303 In addition to the requirements set out in Section 1301 above, grandfathered signs shall be
maintained in accordance with the following:
1.
No repair or maintenance will be allowed on grandfathered signs except customary
maintenance or repair as defined herein. The following activities are considered
customary maintenance and repair.
a.
Change of advertising message or copy.
b.
Routine replacement of border and trim not to include the sign face. Any net
decrease in the outside dimensions of the advertising copy portion of the sign
will be permitted. Any subsequent change in the outside dimensions of the
sign will be permitted so long as it does not exceed the actual dimensions
owner records indicate existed on March 6, 1972. However, in no case will
legal size limitations be exceeded.
d.
The placing of night time illumination on existing sign structures is
specifically
prohibited
as
customary
maintenance;
however,
such
illumination may be permanently removed from such sign structure.
e.
A grandfathered sign that is damaged but not destroyed as defined in Section
337(7) is still subject to the restrictions on repair and maintenance set out
herein. Such a sign that does not receive damage sufficient to render it
destroyed may only be repaired to the extent that it is damaged. Undamaged
portions of the sign may not be repaired or replaced.
1304 In addition to the requirements set out in Section 1301 above, non-conforming signs shall
be maintained in accordance with the following:
1.
No repair or maintenance will be allowed on non-conforming signs except
customary maintenance or repair as defined herein. The following activities are
considered customary maintenance and repair.
a.
Change of advertising message or copy.
b.
Slight alterations of the dimensions of painted bulletins incidental to copy
change which do not substantially increase the overall dimensions of the
advertising copy portion of the sign.
c.
Slight alterations of the dimensions of painted bulletins incidental to copy
change which do not substantially increase the overall dimensions of the
advertising copy portion of the sign.
d.
Any net decrease in the outside dimensions of the advertising copy portion of
the sign will be permitted. Any subsequent change in the outside dimensions
of the sign will be permitted so long as it does not exceed the actual
dimensions owner records indicate existed on March 6, 1972. However, in
no case will legal size limitations be exceeded.
e.
The placing of night time illumination on existing sign structures is
specifically
prohibited
as
customary
maintenance;
however,
such
illumination may be permanently removed from such sign structure.
f.
A nonconforming sign that is damaged but not destroyed as defined in
Section 336 (7) is still subject to the restrictions on repair and maintenance
set out herein. Such a sign that does not receive damage sufficient to render
it destroyed may only be repaired to the extent that it is damaged.
Undamaged portions of the sign may not be repaired or replaced.
1305 In addition to the maintenance requirements set out in Section 1301 above, Landmark signs
shall be maintained as follows:
1.
Reasonable restoration of the sign will be permitted.
2.
Substantial change in size or message content or the addition of night time lighting
will not be permitted.
1306 The rules and regulations set out under this rule will be administered and penalties applied
as follows:
1.
The Permit Officer for Control of Outdoor Advertising shall be responsible for
investigating and gathering all evidence pertinent to any violation hereunder.
2.
Upon completing his investigation, the Permit Officer for Control of Outdoor
Advertising shall inform the State Permit Officer of the violation in writing and shall
set out in said document all facts and circumstances, which support or refute the
reported violation.
3.
Upon receiving said written document, the State Permit Officer shall make a
determination as to whether a violation has occurred. The State Permit Officer may
notify the responsible party of the violation and may request a response from that
individual or company.
4.
If the State Permit Officer determines that a violation has occurred, he shall contact
the State Maintenance Engineer who will determine the appropriate penalty to be
assessed against the owner of said sign company. The State Maintenance Engineer
shall have the discretion to make said determination of penalty. Once the penalty is
determined, the State Maintenance Engineer shall inform the owner who committed
the violation by letter of the violation and penalties to be assessed. A copy of the
report prepared by the Permit Officer for Control of Outdoor Advertising shall be
attached to said letter.
5.
The penalties which may be assessed against the violator include the following:
a.
Payment for any physical damage may include costs to repair fences, ruts,
etc. If timber is cut, it will be assessed at the higher of its saw log, pulpwood
or landscape value along with statutory penalties.
b.
Suspension of the permit for periods of up to six (6) months.
c.
Probation for the violating firm for a period of up to twelve (12) months,
further violations during the probation period will cause additional penalties.
d.
Revocation of the permit. Under revocation, it is intended that the violator
will not be eligible for a re-issued permit at the same site. The site will
include the boundaries of the violation plus the applicable spacing distance.
e.
Suspension of the site eligibility for periods up to duration of the violator’s
lease
f.
Suspension of the violating firm for periods up to twelve (12) months and/or
bond forfeiture. During such suspension, the firm will be ineligible for
permits.
g.
A moratorium may be declared as to permits for the site for an established
period. The site will include the boundaries of the violation plus the
applicable spacing distance.
h.
Under no circumstances will a revoked permit be reinstated until the owner
of said permit has accepted and complied with the penalties imposed
hereunder. The time for service of any suspension or moratorium will be
tolled until the owner accepts and complies with said penalties.
i.
Removal of the sign at the owner’s expense
6.
Should the violating firm desire to have an administrative review of the imposition
of these penalties, it may do so as set out in Section 1800 hereof.
NON-CONFORMING SIGNS
1400 Any non-conforming sign, may be required to be removed after the end of the fifth year
after it becomes non-conforming.
1401 The Commission may acquire by purchase, gift, or condemnation all advertising devices
and property rights pertaining thereto of all non-conforming signs required to be removed
by this Rule.
REMOVAL OF UNLAWFUL OR ILLEGAL SIGNS
1500 Unlawful and/or illegal signs are to be expeditiously removed at the owner’s expense.
The Maintenance Division of MDOT will pursue the removal of these signs as
provided for in Section 1306 herein.
IDENTIFICATION OF SIGNS
1600 From and after July 1, 1977, the owner of every outdoor advertising sign adjacent to a state
controlled route shall identify such sign by placing his name or logo thereon in permanent
letters of such size that can be readily read from the main traveled way.
1601 On-premise signs, signs that advertise the sale or lease of property on which they are
located, directional and other official signs and signs that identify or warn of the presence of
utility and rail lines or appurtenances thereto are exempt from this provision.
SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNS and NOTICES
1700 SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNS and NOTICES shall be controlled by this Section
1700. The standards, restrictions or processes herein are solely applicable to the sign types
specifically named in Section 1700.1 below. Similarly, with the exception of the
Definitions in Section 300, the administrative review process in Section 1800 or any other
Section specified herein, none of the standards, restrictions or processes in the other
sections of this Rule shall apply to the signs specified in Section 1700.1 below. The signs
named in this section are specifically exempted from paying a permit fee.
1.
SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNS and NOTICES include the following:
a.
Directional Signs: Signs containing directional information about public
places owned or operated by Federal, State or local governments of their
agencies; publicly or privately owned natural phenomena, historic, cultural,
scientific, educational and religious sites; and areas of natural scenic beauty
or naturally suited for outdoor recreation, deemed to be in the interest of the
traveling public.
b.
Public Service Signs: These are signs located on school bus stop shelters
which are authorized or approved by city, county or state law, regulations or
ordinances at places approved by the city, county or MDOT. No shelters
will be permitted on the MDOT right of way.
c.
Service Club and Religious Information Signs: Signs and notices, whose
erection is authorized by law, relating to meetings of non-profit service clubs
or charitable associations, or religious services and directions to said meeting
places.
d.
Public Utility Signs: Warning signs, informational signs, notices or markers
which are customarily erected and maintained by public or privately owned
utilities, as essential to their operation.
e.
Official Signs and Notices: Signs and notices erected and maintained by
public officers or public agencies within their territorial or zoning
jurisdiction pursuant to and in accordance with direction or authorization
contained in Federal, State, or local law for the purposes of carrying out an
official duty or responsibility.
NOTE: Historic monuments and markers authorized by State law erected by
State or local government agencies or non-profit historical societies are not
considered as being either outdoor advertising signs or
directional
or
other Specially Authorized signs and notices and are not subject to control by
this Rule.
f.
Other Signs: Signs erected prior to June 15, 1966, and which do not conform
to the size, location and spacing requirements of this Rule and are not
otherwise prohibited in Section 1700.3 are authorized to be maintained as
defined in this Rule.
g.
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" Encroachment Signs:
Specially Authorized signs erected within communities and unincorporated
areas of counties shall be maintained by public officers or elected county
officials while carrying out an official duty or responsibility. Welcome to
(Community/City/County Name) signs may be erected on or off the right-of-
way subject to the provisions set out below
h.
"Acknowledgement" sign: This Specially Authorized sign becomes a part of
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" encroachment sign permit
acknowledging landscaping, maintenance, and appearance improvements at
the site of said city/county permitted sign.
NOTE: Signs erected prior to June 15, 1966 and which do not conform to the
requirements in this Section and are not otherwise prohibited in this section are
authorized to be maintained as defined in this Section.
2.
Authorized directional and other Specially Authorized signs on and/or adjacent to
the highway right-of-way shall adhere to the following standards:
a.
Directional Signs
i.
Size: No directional signs shall exceed the following limits:
A.
Maximum height of face- 20 feet
B.
Maximum length of face- 20 feet
C.
Maximum area - 150 square feet - including border and trim
ii.
Spacing and location:
A.
Each location of a directional sign must be approved by
MDOT. Directional signs may be erected adjacent to the
highway right-of-way.
B.
No directional sign may be located within 2000 feet of an
interchange, or at grade intersection.
C.
No directional sign may be located within 2000 feet of the
edge of a welcome center, rest area, parkland or scenic area.
D.
No two (2) directional signs facing the same direction of
travel shall be spaced less than one (1) mile apart.
E.
Not more than three (3) directional signs pertaining to the
same activity and facing the same direction of travel may be
erected along a single route approaching the activity.
F.
Signs located adjacent to the Interstate System shall be within
75 air miles of the activity.
G.
Signs located adjacent to the Primary System shall be within
50 air miles of the activity.
H.
Directional signs may be allowed on the right-of-way.
Directional signs located on the right-of-way must be
permitted through the Traffic Engineering Division of
MDOT, subject to their regulations.
I.
All signs not specifically authorized to be located on the right
of way must be located adjacent to the right of way.
iii.
Message Content:
The message on directional signs shall be limited to the identification
of the attraction or activity and directional information useful to the
traveler in locating this attraction, such as mileage, route numbers, or
exit numbers. Descriptive words or phrases and pictorial or
photographic representations of the activity or its environs are
prohibited.
b.
Public Service Signs
i.
Size: Not to exceed thirty (32) square feet in area, including border
and trim.
ii.
Location: Located only on school bus shelters as described in Section
1700.1.b of this Rule. No shelters will be permitted on the right of
way of State highways. Not more than one sign on each shelter may
face in any one direction. Public Service Signs will not be allowed
on the MDOT right-of-way. They may be erected adjacent to
highway right-of-way.
iii.
Message Content: (1) Identify the donor, sponsor or contributor of
said shelter: (2) Contain safety slogans or messages which shall
occupy not less than sixty (60) percent of the area of the sign: and (3)
Contain no other message.
c.
Service Club and Religious Information Signs
i.
Size: Not to exceed eight (8) square feet, including border and trim.
ii.
Location:
A.
Signs conveying information only may be erected on the
premises of the Service Club or Religious Organization.
B.
Signs conveying directional information for Service Clubs
and Religious Organizations may be located adjacent to the
highway right-of-way in any area not prohibited in Section
700.5 of this Rule. Signs conveying directional information
must be located within 10 air miles of the premises of the
Service Club or Religious Organization. Each Service Club
or Religious Organization shall be limited to two (2) signs
conveying directional information.
C.
Signs conveying directional information for Service Club and
Religious Information Organizations may not be located on
the MDOT right-of-way or adjacent to an Interstate or a
Freeway.
iii.
For signs conveying information only, several notices may be placed
on a single "billboard" type support; however, the size of each sign
shall conform to the requirements of Section 1700.2.c.i above.
d.
Public Utility Signs
There are no limitations as to size, spacing or location of these signs.
e.
Official Signs and Notices
There are no limitations as to size and spacing of Official Signs and Notices.
These signs may be located in any area adjacent to the highway right-of-way
not prohibited by Section 700.5 of this Rule.
f.
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)"
Signs located on/or adjacent to the highway right-of-way are controlled by
this rule. The District Engineer or his/her representative has the
responsibility for the implementation of the “Welcome To” and
“Acknowledgement” sign program. Questions of interpretation concerning
these guidelines are to be discussed with the State Maintenance Engineer.
Any deviation from these guidelines must be approved by the Chief
Engineer. The District Engineer or his/her representative shall advise the
applicant of the disposition of their application. It is preferable that
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" Signs be located adjacent to
the right of way if at all possible. Where location adjacent to the right of
way is impossible, the sign may be located on the right of way.
i.
Signs located on the right of way shall be administered and approved
by the District Engineer as an encroachment in conformity with the
MUTCD and the following:
A.
Size: The size of "Welcome to (Community/City/County
Name)" signs permitted to be erected under this subsection
will be determined by the District Engineer in consideration
of the amount of available right-of-way.
B.
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" signs erected
on highway right-of-way shall have the closest edge of said
sign at least fifty (50) feet from the nearest edge of pavement
and no closer than five (5) feet from the right-of-way line
except in curb and gutter sections. In curb and gutter sections
with a speed limit of forty-five (45) MPH or less, the
minimum distance may be reduced to ten (10) feet from the
outside edge of the curb.
C.
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"
encroachment signs proposed on controlled access highways
at uncontrolled exits or side roads will be considered on a
case-by-case basis. Said determination shall be made by the
District Engineer.
D.
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"
encroachment signs shall be located at a site where the cutting
of trees can be kept to a minimum.
ii.
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"Signs
located
adjacent to the right of way shall be approved by the State
Maintenance Engineer subject to the following:
A.
Size: The size of "Welcome to (Community/City/County
Name)" signs permitted to be erected under this subsection
will be determined by the State Maintenance Engineer on a
case by case basis. However, the maximum size allocated for
non-advertising recognition signs contained within the
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" shall be 24
square feet.
B.
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" signs shall be
located at a site where the cutting of trees can be kept to a
minimum.
iii.
Spacing and Location: Whether they are located on or off of the right
of way, "Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" signs shall
be located near the city limits or county line as dictated by terrain and
to avoid visual conflict with other signs within the highway right-of-
way. Each Community/City/County shall be limited to one such sign
as close as practically possible at each location where the
community/city limit or county line and the subject highway
intersect. For unincorporated areas of a county, the sign should be
as close as practically possible to the established boundary of the
community and is subject to review by the State Maintenance
Engineer and the State Traffic Engineer.
iv.
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" encroachment signs
are strictly prohibited on or adjacent to the right-of-way of Interstates
and Freeways effective July 1, 2017 for unincorporated areas.
v.
Message Content regardless of location shall be restricted to
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"
or
"(Community/City/County
Name)
Welcomes
You"
and
an
established
Community/City/County
logo
or
slogan.
No
advertisements and/or other signs/messages shall be included,
attached to, or in the proximity of the proposed sign except an
"Acknowledgement" sign or “Recognition” sign. “Recognition” signs
are designations, honors, or certifications bestowed upon the
applicable City or County. “Acknowledgement” or “Recognition”
signs shall conform with content and size provisions described herein
and as approved by the State Maintenance Engineer.
g.
"Acknowledgement" Signs
i.
Size: "Acknowledgement" Signs shall be no larger than 24 inches
long by 24 inches wide. The top of an "Acknowledgement" Sign
shall be no higher than four (4) feet above the ground.
ii.
Spacing and Location: "Acknowledgement" signs may be located on
highway right-of-way and must be within ten (10) feet of a
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" Sign. One (1)
"Acknowledgment" Sign is allowed for each "Welcome to
(Community/City/County Name)" Sign. The "Acknowledgment"
sign
shall
not
block
the
view
of
the
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County Name)" Sign.
ii. Message Content: The "Acknowledgement" sign shall have white
letters on a blue background. The Message on the sign shall read
"maintained by (Sponsor's Name)" or "Sponsored by (Sponsor's
Name)". No company logo, color, or advertisement of any kind will
be allowed.
h.
"Recognition" Signs
i.
Size: Each individual "Recognition" Sign may vary in size; however,
all recognition signs shall be located within a maximum total 24
square foot area.
ii.
Spacing and Location: "Recognition" signs may be located on or
within ten (10) feet of a "Welcome to (Community/City/County
Name)"
Sign.
If
located
on
the
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County Name)" Sign, the recognition sign shall
follow
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"
or
"(Community/City/County
Name)
Welcomes
You"
and
any
Community/City/County logo or slogan. Each “Recognition” sign
may vary in size, but all “Recognition” Signs posted on a “Welcome
To” sign shall be located within an area not to exceed twenty four
(24) square feet and shall be located below the Welcome to
(Community/City/County Name) portion of the sign. Only one (1)
"Recognition"
Sign
is
allowed
for
each
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County Name)" Sign. Any "Recognition" not
attached to the “Welcome to (Community/City/County Name) sign
structure shall not block the view of the "Welcome to
(Community/City/County Name)" Sign.
iii.
Message Content: “Recognition” signs shall include non-
advertising Designations, Honors, or Certifications bestowed upon
the applicable City or County. “Recognition” signs shall conform
with content and size provisions described herein and as approved by
the State Maintenance Engineer. No company logo, color(s), or
advertisement of any kind will be allowed.
3.
Standards applying to all signs in this Section:
a.
Other than Service Club and Religious Information signs, double faced or
“V”-type structures will not be permitted for signs under this Section.
b.
Construction should conform to the applicable requirements set forth in the
current edition of the Outdoor Advertising Association of America's "Plant
Operations Guideline Manual"; to the applicable local sign companies’
specifications; or to the local governmental unit's (City or County)
ordinances, whichever is more restrictive.
c.
Wood shall not be used for structural purposes in the ground unless pressure
treated with appropriate preservatives.
d.
The backs of all structures not shielded by buildings or otherwise hidden
should be completely painted in a neutral color to camouflage the back of the
sign.
e.
Methods of construction and materials used shall not produce a sign which,
when viewed from the rear, presents an unsightly appearance.
f.
Lighting: Signs may be illuminated in adherence to the customary practices
of the sign industry in Mississippi subject to the following:
i.
Signs which contain, include, or are illuminated by any flashing;
intermittent or moving light or lights are prohibited
ii.
Signs which are not effectively shielded so as to prevent beams or
rays of light from being directed at any portion of the traveled way of
an Federal Aid Interstate or Federal Aid Primary Highway, or which
are of such intensity or brilliance as to cause glare or to impair the
vision of the driver of any motor vehicle, or which otherwise interfere
with any driver's operation of a motor vehicle are prohibited.
iii.
No sign may be so illuminated as to interfere with the effectiveness
of or to obscure an official traffic sign, device or signal.
iv.
All wiring for signs placed on highway right-of-way shall be
underground and in conduit and shall conform to the National
Electric Code.
4.
Directional Sign Selection Methods and Criteria for Privately-Owned Activities and
Attractions to be located off the right of way.
a.
Privately owned activities or activities eligible for directional signing are
limited to:
i.
Natural Phenomena
ii.
Scenic Attractions
iii.
Historic Sites
iv.
Educational Sites
v.
Cultural Sites
vi.
Scientific Sites
vii.
Religious Sites
viii.
Outdoor Recreational Areas
b.
To be eligible, privately owned activities or attractions must be nationally or
regionally known, and of outstanding interest to the traveling public.
c.
The owner(s) or any privately owned activity or attraction listed in Section
1700.4.a who desire to erect directional signs, must furnish the District
Engineer of the district in which the activity or attraction is located a
statement describing the activity or attraction. The statement should indicate
the average number of visitors per day in summer and winter; state that
adequate rest room and parking facilities are furnished; and show evidence
that the activity or attraction is nationally or regionally known and of
outstanding interest to the traveling public. Such evidence could be an
approved listing in the National Register of Historic Places; a guest register
with a listing of the home states of the visitors; or any other evidence that
could establish the fact that the activity is nationally or regionally known and
of outstanding interest to the traveling public.
d.
The District Engineer shall forward the statements, evidence, etc., to the
State Maintenance Engineer. After verification of the information submitted
by the owner, the State Maintenance Engineer will submit the information to
the Commission for approval.
e.
If the Commission determines that the activity or attraction meets the
requirements of Sections 1700.4.a and 1700.4.b, the owner(s) may submit an
application on Form MND-805, Application for Permit to Erect Directional
or Other Specially Authorized Signs Adjacent to Mississippi Federal Aid
Primary or Interstate Highways, for erection of directional signs in
accordance with the requirements of this Section. Effective July 1, 2017,
signs erected by the Department for the member institutions of the
Mississippi Association of Independent Colleges and Universities shall be
administered by the Traffic Engineering Division.
5.
Permits
General:
a.
A permit must be secured from the Department by any person or company
before erecting any sign controlled by this Section with the exception of
Public Utility Signs as defined herein.
b.
Procedure
i.
For all signs under Section 1700.1.a through 1700.1.f.
A.
Each person, company or entity desiring to erect a sign
subject to the permitting requirements of this section shall
make application on Form MND-805 listed above. Upon
receipt of said application in proper form and properly
executed, the District Engineer or his/her representative will
inspect the proposed location, check all information required,
sign for field inspection and forward the completed
application to the State Maintenance Engineer for approval.
B.
If the application is in order and complies with State statutes
and the provisions of this section, the State Maintenance
Engineer or his/her representative will approve applications
for signs to be located off the right of way and shall enter the
permit number on the form. The Traffic Engineering Division
has the responsibility for approving signs to be located on the
right-of-way. Copies of the approved permit will be
forwarded to the appropriate District Engineer for distribution
to the applicant and other affected parties.
C.
The applicant shall advise the State Permit Officer in writing,
as soon as the sign is erected in order that a final inspection
can be made. For all signs located adjacent to the right-of-
way, a permit marker, showing the permit number, shall be
affixed to the sign by the Permit Officer for the Control of
Outdoor Advertising in a prominent location that can be
viewed from the highway. Permit markers will not be issued
for signs located on the highway right-of-way.
ii.
For
"Welcome
to
(Community/City/County
Name)"
or
"Acknowledgement" signs, defined in Sections 1700.1.g. and
1700.1.h.
A.
All Cities/Counties making application for a “Welcome to
(Community/City/County Name)", "Acknowledgement", or
Recognition sign shall submit Form MND-004, Application
for Permit to Locate Certain Facilities on or to Perform
Certain Work on State Highway Right of Way. Upon receipt
of this application, the District Engineer will make the
appropriate inspection and authorize the permit at his
discretion. For all permits for signs under this paragraph to be
located on the right-of-way, the District Engineer will notify
the Traffic Engineering Division.
B.
A permit for a recognition sign must be associated with an
existing or proposed “Welcome To (Community/City/County
Name) sign. Each organization, individual, business, and/or
industry
may
make
application
to
install
an
"Acknowledgement" sign recognizing their efforts for
furnishing and maintaining landscaping and/or grounds at the
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" sign sites that
are permitted on highway right-of-way. Although the
application may be completed and submitted by the applicant,
the permit
will be granted
in
the name of the
Community/City/County and will become a part of the
"Welcome to (Community/City/County Name)" sign permit.
The Community/City/County is responsible for approving the
sponsor named on the "Acknowledgement" sign and for
change of the sponsor, if necessary.
If anyone has any questions relative this program, contact the State
Maintenance Engineer.
c.
General Provisions
i.
Each permit issued under this section will expire twelve (12) months
from the date of approval. No extension of this time will be granted.
If the work has not been completed before expiration application
must be made for another permit.
ii.
Nothing contained in this Rule shall be construed to limit in any way
the authority or any municipality in which the sign is to be erected or
to waive any requirement of a municipality for a permit for the
erection of such sign.
iii.
The denial of the application herein shall entitle the applicant to an
administrative review in accord with Section 1800 in this Rule.
FEES: There are no fees chargeable on permit applications made under this
Section.
6.
Maintenance of Signs
a.
Signs shall be satisfactorily maintained and failure to do so shall be sufficient
cause for disapproval of subsequent permits.
b.
Grounds surrounding the sign structure should be kept clean and all weeds
should be cut regularly. Whenever practicable, locations should be planted
with grass or otherwise landscaped. There should be a frequent check of
condition of the area surrounding sign structures. Accumulated debris or
weeds should be eliminated promptly
Administrative Reviews
1800 An applicant/owner shall have the right to an administrative review from an adverse
decision made by the Department under this Rule according to the following Rules:
1.
Jurisdiction - An administrative review may only be taken from decisions involving
the following:
a.
the denial of a permit to erect a sign;
b.
the denial of a vegetation removal permit; or
c.
the revocation of a permit; or
d.
the imposition of any penalty applied under section 1306 above; or
e.
the denial of a request to modify a sign.
2.
Timing - From the date of the correspondence advising him of the adverse decision
from which the administrative review is to be taken, the applicant/owner shall have
thirty (30) days from said date to request an administrative review by sending a
notice of request for administrative review to the State Maintenance Engineer. Said
notice of administrative review shall contain the following:
a.
a description of the decision being appealed and the pertinent facts related
thereto. Said notice must be adequate to inform the Department of the
specific adverse decision being reviewed;
b.
a short listing of the factual and/or legal errors that the applicant/owner
contends warrant a reversal of said adverse decision; and
c.
an estimate of the number of witnesses and exhibits which he will present in
the administrative review along with the estimated time which will be
required to conduct said hearing.
3.
Costs - Upon receipt of the notice of administrative review in conformance with the
above, the State Maintenance Engineer shall transmit said notice of administrative
review to the Office of the Attorney General. The Office of the Attorney General
will appoint an Administrative Law Judge, hereinafter ALJ, to preside over the
administrative review within thirty (30) working days of the receipt of the notice of
administrative review. Within said thirty (30) working day period, the Office of the
Attorney General will also make an estimate of the costs of the ALJ and the court
reporter and will transmit it to the applicant/owner. The applicant/owner shall
deposit with the Office of the Attorney General within 30 days of his receipt of said
estimate, a cash bond or surety bond on a form to be provided by the Department,
Form MND-855, Outdoor Advertising Appeals Bond, in the amount of said estimate
which shall insure payment to the Department of the costs of said hearing if the
decision being reviewed is upheld.
4.
Hearing - The administrative review herein shall be a hearing before the appointed
ALJ on the Record. Said hearing shall be conducted under the following rules of
procedure:
a.
Procedure shall be controlled by the Mississippi Rules of Civil procedure
subject to the following:
i.
Discovery shall be limited to obtaining names of witnesses and
pertinent documents and deposing the parties only. The ALJ shall set
a scheduling order within sixty (60) days after official appointment
which shall set out the deadline for discovery, deadlines for motions
and the date of the hearing.
ii.
There shall be no joinder of parties, intervention of parties or third
party practice involved in said administrative review.
iii.
In all proceedings the Department shall be the Respondent and the
Applicant/Owner shall be the Petitioner. It is intended by this
language that the Petitioner shall have the burden of proving to a
preponderance that it is entitled to the relief requested.
iv.
All pleadings shall be filed with the Office of the Secretary to the
Mississippi Transportation Commission.
b.
Introduction of evidence shall be controlled by the Mississippi Rules of
Evidence subject to the following:
i.
the rules prohibiting hearsay shall be construed liberally by the ALJ.
ii.
the presentation of evidence shall be conducted in a less formal
manner than an actual trial.
c.
With regard to illegal vegetation removal, there shall be a rebuttable
presumption that the owner of the sign, the owner of the affected property or
both benefiting from said illegal vegetation removal caused said vegetation
to be removed.
d.
On conclusion of the presentation of all evidence, the ALJ shall make a
written finding of fact and conclusions of law and shall present these to the
parties.
e.
If the ALJ upholds the decision of the Department, the Office of the Attorney
General shall, within thirty (30) days, send an actual bill to the
applicant/owner for payment. Failure to pay said bill within ten (10)
working days from the receipt thereof shall result in the forfeiture of the cost
bond posted by the applicant/owner. The forfeiture of said bond shall not
extinguish the right of the Department to recover the remainder of the actual
costs, if any.
f.
If the ALJ overturns the decision being approved the bond shall be returned
to the appellant.
g.
If the ALJ overturns the decision, the Department shall have the right to
appeal the decision of the ALJ to the county in which the sign or proposed
sign is located.
h.
If the ALJ upholds the decision of the Department, the applicant/owner shall
have the right to appeal the decision of the ALJ to the county court in which
the sign or proposed sign is located within thirty (30) days from an order by
the Commission confirming the decision of the ALJ.
1801. Savings Clause – If a court decision results in voiding any provisions of this rule, those
provisions unaffected by the decision shall continue in full force and effect.
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING FORMS
1900 FORM
MND-800,
APPLICATION
FOR
PERMIT
TO
ERECT
OUTDOOR
ADVERTISING SIGNS.
1901 FORM MND-801, APPLICATION TO MODIFY ODA SIGN
1902 FORM MND-805, APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO ERECT DIRECTIONAL OR
OTHER OFFICIAL SIGNS ADJACENT TO MISSISSIPPI FEDERAL AID PRIMARY
OR INTERSTATE HIGHWAYS.
1903 FORM MND-810, BOND FOR OUTDOOR ADVERTISING BUSINESS.
1904 FORM MND-829, APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO REMOVE VEGETATION
FROM THE RIGHT OF WAY OF A STATE CONTROLLED ROUTE.
1905 FORM MND-830, VEGETATION REMOVAL PERMIT.
1906 FORM MND-835, VEGETATION REMOVAL PERFORMANCE BOND.
1907 FORM MND-840, NOTICE OF BLANK SIGN.
1908 FORM MND-845, REMOVAL OF ILLEGAL OUTDOOR ADVERTISING.
1909 FORM MND-850, NOTIFICATION OF TRANSFER OF MDOT OUTDOOR
ADVERTISING PERMIT.
1910 FORM MND-855, OUTDOOR ADVERTISING APPEALS BOND.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
2000 Section 49-23-1, et seq, MCA;
2001 Section 55-13-1, et seq, MCA;
2002 Section 17-1-1, et seq, MCA;
2003 Section 65-41-11, et seq, MCA;
2004 23 USC 131, et seq.; 23CFR 750;
2005 The State-Federal Agreement for control of outdoor advertising between The Mississippi
State Highway Commission and Federal Highway Administrator dated March 6, 1972.
2006 For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
2007 For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
2008 MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT.
Chapter 09004 Application for Permit to Erect Outdoor Advertising Signs, Form MND-800
Purpose
To provide an application for permit to erect outdoor advertising signs.
This rule establishes a form that must be used to apply for a permit to erect outdoor
advertising signs. (See attached Form MND-800.)
Chapter 09005 Application for Permit to Erect Directional or Other Official Signs Adjacent
to Mississippi Federal Aid Primary or Interstate Highways, Form MND-805
Purpose
To provide an application for permit to erect directional or other official signs adjacent to
Mississippi Federal Aid Primary or Interstate Highways.
This rule establishes a form that must be used to apply for a permit to erect directional or
other official signs adjacent to Mississippi Federal Aid Primary or Interstate Highways.
(See attached Form MND-805.)
Chapter 09006 Bond for Outdoor Advertising Business, Form MND-810
Purpose
To provide instructions for processing Form MND-810, Bond of Outdoor Advertising
Business.
This rule provides instructions for the processing Form MND-810, Bond of Outdoor
Advertising Business. (See Attached Form MND-810.)
Chapter 09007 Notice to Applicant, Form MND-820
Purpose
To provide a Form for notifying the affected District Engineer upon erection of any sign by
permit.
This rule provides a Form (MND-820) for an applicant to complete notifying the District
Engineer upon erection of any sign by permit. (See attached Form MND-820.)
Chapter 09008 Vegetation Removal Permit, Form MND-830
Purpose
To provide a permit for the removal of vegetation from the State Highway System.
This rule establishes a Form (MND-830) that must be used to apply for a permit to remove
vegetation from the State Highway System.
Chapter 09009 Vegetation Removal Performance Bond, Form MND-835
Purpose
To provide a Form for processing a Vegetation Removal Performance Bond.
This rule provides Form MND-835, Vegetation Removal Performance Bond.
Chapter 09010 Notice of Blank Sign, Form MND-840
Purpose
To create a Form for notification of a blank sign.
This rule provides Form (MND-840), Notice of Blank Sign. (See attached Form MND-
840.)
Chapter 09011 Removal of Illegal Outdoor Advertising, Form MND-845
Purpose
To provide a form (MND-845) for use in reporting illegal outdoor advertising.
This rule establishes a form (MND-845) for use in reporting illegal outdoor advertising.
(See attached Form MND-845.)
Chapter 09012 Notification of transfer of MDOT Outdoor Advertising Permit, Form MND-
Purpose
To provide a form (MND-850) for use in the transfer of an approved MDOT outdoor
advertising permit to another company/individual.
This rule provides a form (MND-850) for use in the transfer of an approved MDOT outdoor
advertising permit to another company/individual. (See attached Form MND-850.)
Chapter 09013 Outdoor Advertising Appeals Bond, Form MND-855
Purpose
To provide a form (MND-855) for use in submitting an outdoor advertising appeals bond.
This rule establishes a form (MND-855) for use in submitting an outdoor advertising
appeals bond. (See attached Form MND-855.)
Chapter 09014 Waiver of Deed Restrictions Against On-Premise Advertising
Purpose
To establish a policy regarding waiver of the advertising sign 150 foot set-back provisions
of warranty deeds conveying land to the Mississippi Transportation Commission.
This rule establishes a policy for the processing of requests for the waiver of the advertising
sign 150 foot set-back provisions of warranty deeds conveying land to the Mississippi
Transportation Commission.
Instructions for Processing the Waiver of Warranty Deed Restrictions
The property owner and/or lease holder sends a request for a waiver along with supporting
documents to the District Engineer.
The District Engineer reviews the documents and sends the deeds and supporting
documents to the State Maintenance Engineer. Upon receipt of these documents, the State
Maintenance Engineer prepares the waiver of warranty deed restriction.
1. It is very important that the Grantor and the Grantee names are correctly input into the
waiver and that the restriction language quoted on the waiver matches that used in the
original deed.
2. An example of the waiver to be used is attached.
The State Maintenance Engineer sends the documents to the Legal Division for review who
upon completion returns all documents to the State Maintenance Engineer.
The State Maintenance Engineer sends the waiver and all associated support documents to
the Executive Director by memorandum for review and approval who then sends it to the
Secretary to the Commission for acknowledgement. The Secretary to the Commission will
forward the executed waiver and warranty deeds to the State Maintenance Engineer.
1. An example of the memorandum to be used is attached.
The State Maintenance Engineer sends the executed copies of the waiver to the requestor by
letter which explains the directions and procedure to record the transactions in the
applicable Chancery Clerk office. Upon completion, the requestor is to return the book and
page number of the recording of the waiver to the State Maintenance Engineer.
1. An example of the letter to be used is attached.
The State Maintenance Engineer will send a conformed copy of the waiver of warranty deed
restriction to the Right-of-Way Division for inclusion in its files and for adjustment of its
property inventory.
1. An example of the memorandum to be used is attached:
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
300 Mississippi Transportation Commission Order, Waiver of Warranty Deed Restrictions, Dated
May 22, 1979, Recorded in Minute Book 101, Pages 1197 and 1198.
301 MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 09015 Removal of Encroachments from Highway Right of Way
Purpose
To establish policy and outline procedures for the orderly removal of encroachments from
highway rights of way.
This rule establishes policy and procedures to remove encroachments from highway right of
way.
STATEMENT OF POLICY
In order to fulfill the Transportation Commission’s agreements with the Federal
Government to preserve and keep the rights of way free of encroachments on the Federal
Aid Highways heretofore constructed and to be constructed and in order that there will be
no interruption of federal funds for the continued improvements to the state’s highways, it
shall be the policy of the Transportation Commission that the rights of way of all state
maintained highways be kept free from all encroachments. Reference is made to Rule
37.I.7501.09001 “RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE
USE OF STATE HIGHWAY.” The responsibility for removal of encroachments from
highway rights of way within a municipality is that of the municipality in accordance with
Mississippi Code Annotated, Section 65-1-75. The responsibility for removal of
encroachments from highway rights of way outside municipalities is that of MDOT.
PROCEDURE
Encroachments on State Rights of Way Outside Municipalities
1.
The District Engineer or his designee in each of the six districts shall have the
responsibility of locating, identifying, and acting as the Commission’s agent in the
removal of all signs, obstructions, and encroachments from the rights of way of state
highways.
2.
Each agent will regularly inspect all highways in an assigned area and locate,
identify and secure removal of all signs, billboards, structures, or other obstructions
on or encroaching upon highway rights of way in violation of the law and the
regulations of the Commission.
3.
The agent will prepare a report of each encroachment on Form MND-683 including
a dated picture showing the encroachment and right of way line. Each line on the
upper part of the form will be completed. The sketch is to be neat and legible, and
must show:
a.
Centerline, appropriate right of way line, and distance from center
line to right of way line.
b.
Location of encroachment with reference to the right of way line.
c.
Sign, supports, and legend, if encroachment is a sign.
d.
Size of other encroachments, if applicable.
e.
Any other details helpful in identifying the encroachment.
4.
The owner will be given a forty-five (45) day notice, by certified mail or personal
delivery, properly witnessed, to remove the encroachment. A copy of the report
(Form MND-683) will be attached to the notice. (A suggested format for this notice
is shown at the end of this Rule).
5.
If, at the end of the forty-five (45) day period, the owner has not removed the
encroachment or made satisfactory arrangements with the agent for removal, the
steps will be taken as follows:
a.
SIMPLE SIGNS AND ENCROACHMENTS LYING WHOLLY WITHIN
THE RIGHT OF WAY, WITHIN THE DISTRICT’S CAPABILITY TO
REMOVE, AND THE REMOVAL OF WHICH IS NOT CONTESTED BY
THE OWNER.
i.
Remove the encroachment immediately by District forces. The
encroachment will be stored for thirty (30) days at the Maintenance
Area Headquarters before disposing of them. Owners may retrieve
the salvaged encroachment without penalty.
b.
COMPLEX SIGNS AND ENCROACHMENTS LOCATED PARTIALLY
ON AND PARTIALLY OFF THE RIGHT OF WAY, THOSE NOT
WITHIN THE DISTRICT’S CAPABILITY TO REMOVE, THOSE
WHOSE REMOVAL HAS BEEN CONTESTED BY THE OWNER IN
WRITING
TO
THE
DISTRICT,
AND
THOSE
SIGNS
AND
ENCROACHMENTS NOT COVERED IN (a) ABOVE.
i.
The agent will forward a copy of the notice to the owner, a copy of
the report (Form MND-683), and a copy of the receipt (if notice was
sent by certified mail) to the State Maintenance Engineer.
ii.
The State Maintenance Engineer will review the data submitted for
completeness and adequacy and will transmit the file to the Legal
Division (via the Assistant Chief Engineer-Operations) for further
legal action.
iii
The agent will meet the County or District Attorney or file affidavits
against the owner when and as deemed necessary and as directed by
Legal Counsel.
Encroachments on State Rights of Way Within Municipalities
1.
The District will contact the applicable municipality, either verbally or in writing,
when an illegal encroachment is discovered on state rights of way within the
municipal limits. The municipality will be informed that, in accordance with
Mississippi Code Annotated, Section 65-1-75, they assume the responsibility for not
allowing “any encroachments, signs, or billboards to be erected or to remain on the
state-owned rights of way on any designated highway within its corporate limits
without consent of the commission.” As part of this responsibility, the municipality
shall regularly inspect said rights of way for any illegal encroachments.
2.
The District will continue to monitor the highway rights of way within the
municipality and inform it of any violations to insure that the rights of way are clear
of encroachments.
Political signs located on the rights of way will be removed on a regular basis. No
notification is necessary prior to removal. The signs will be held for two (2) weeks at the
Maintenance Area Headquarters before disposing of them. Sign owners may retrieve the
salvaged signs without penalty.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
MDOT specific rules, forms, publications, SOPs, and other support documentation are
available for review at MDOT
Chapter 09016 Report of Right of Way Encroachment, Form MND-683
Purpose
To provide a form (MND-683) for the reporting of right of way encroachments.
This rule establishes a form (MND-683) for use in reporting right of way encroachments.
(See attached Form MND-683.)
Chapter 09017 Removal of Illegally Located Automobile Graveyards and Junkyards
Purpose
To establish a policy and procedure on removal or screening of automobile graveyards and
junkyards located within 1000 feet of any Interstate and Federal Aid Primary Highway and
within view from said highway. Reference is made to Section 49-25-1 et. seq., Mississippi
Code of 1972 as amended, and the Commission’s order of July 12, 1966.
This rule establishes a policy for the removal and screening of automobile graveyards and
junkyards as per Section 49-25-1 et. seq., Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended, and the
Commission’s order of July 12, 1966.
STATEMENT OF POLICY
Pursuant to Public Law 89-285, 89th Congress, the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 and
Section 49-25-1, et. seq., Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended, the regulation of
automobile graveyards ad junkyards adjacent to Interstate and Federal Aid Primary highway
is necessary in order to (1) prevent unsightly distraction of operators of motor vehicles; (2)
attract tourists and promote the prosperity, economic well-being and general welfare of the
state; (3) promote the safety, recreational value and enjoyment of travel on highways within
the state; (4) protect the public investment in highways; and (5) preserve and enhance the
natural scenic beauty and aesthetic features of the highways and adjacent areas.
It is intended to provide a basis for regulation of automobile graveyards and junkyards
consistent with public policy declared by the Congress of the United States and the
Legislature of the State of Mississippi.
Nothing in this Rule shall be construed to abrogate or affect the provisions of any lawful
ordinance, regulation or resolution more restrictive than the provisions of this Rule.
DEFINITIONS
Automobile Graveyard: An establishment or place of business which is maintained, used,
or operated for storing, keeping, buying, or selling wrecked, scrapped, ruined or dismantled
motor vehicles or motor vehicle parts.
Junk: Old or scrap copper, brass, rope, rags, batteries, paper, trash, rubber debris, concrete,
asphalt, brick, mortar, limbs, other vegetation, waste, or junked, dismantled or wrecked
automobiles or parts thereof, iron, steel, and other old or scrap ferrous or non-ferrous
material.
Junkyard: An establishment or place of business which is maintained, operated, or used for
storing, keeping, buying, or selling junk, of for the maintenance or operation of an
automobile graveyard, and the term shall include garbage dumps and sanitary fills.
Unzoned Industrial Area: An unzoned industrial area shall mean the land occupied by the
regularly used building, parking lot, storage or processing area of an industrial or
manufacturing activity, and that land within 1000 feet thereof which is:
1.
Located on the same side of the highway as the principal part of said activity, and
2.
Not predominantly used for residential, business, or other commercial purposes,
and
3.
Not zoned by State or local law, regulation or ordinance.
Industrial activities, for purposes of this definition, shall mean those permitted only in
industrial zones, or in less restrictive zones by the nearest zoning authority within the State,
except that none of the following shall be considered industrial activities:
1.
Outdoor advertising structures.
2.
Agricultural, forestry, ranching, grazing, farming and related activities, including,
but not limited to, wayside fresh produce stands.
3.
Activities normally and regularly in operation less than three months of the year.
4.
Activities not housed in a permanent building or structure.
5.
Activities not visible from the traffic lanes of the main traveled way.
6.
Activities more than 300 feet from the nearest edge of the main traveled way.
7.
Activities conducted in a building principally used as a residence.
8.
Railroad right of way.
9.
Junkyards as defined above and in Section 136, Title 23, United States Code.
10.
Act not engaged in manufacture or industry.
305 Business Area: Any part of an adjacent area which is at any time (1) zoned industrial or
commercial under the authority of any law of this State, which shall include, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, zoning districts customarily referred to as “B” or business,
“C” or commercial, “l” or industrial, “M” or manufacturing, and “S” or service and all similar
classification.
306 Interstate System: That portion of the National System of Interstate and Defense Highways
located within this State, as officially designated, or as may hereafter be so designated, by the
Mississippi Department of Transportation (hereafter referred to as MDOT), and approved by
the Secretary of Commerce, pursuant to the provisions of Title 23, United States Code,
“Highways.”
307 Primary System: That portion of connected main highways, as officially designated, or as
may hereafter be so designated, by the MDOT, and approved by the Secretary of Commerce,
pursuant to the provisions of Title 23, United States Code, “Highways.”
PROCEDURE
The State Maintenance Engineer or designated agent will be responsible for locating,
identifying, and securing the removal of any and all Automobile Graveyards and Junkyards
in existence in violations of Section 49-25-1, et. seq., Mississippi Code 1972, as amended.
The State Maintenance Engineer or designated agent shall regularly inspect the Interstate
and Federal Aid Primary Highways within his assigned area and locate all automobile
graveyards and junkyards which are within 1000 feet of the right of way and visible from
the main traveled way of such highways. Previous inventories of automobile graveyards
and junkyards shall be maintained and may be used in making any determination hereafter
required.
Any automobile graveyard or junkyards found to have been located, established or
otherwise placed within 1000 feet of the nearest edge of the right of way of Interstate or
Federal Aid primary Highways, after June 16, 1966, is illegal under Section 49-25-7,
Mississippi Code 1972, as amended, EXCEPT:
1.
Those which are screened by natural objects, plantings, fences or other appropriated
means, so as not to be visible from the main traveled way, or otherwise removed
from sight.
2.
Those located within areas which are zoned for industrial use under authority of
law.
3.
Those located within unzoned industrial areas as defined in this Rule.
4.
Those which are not visible from the main traveled.
Upon finding an illegal automobile graveyard or junkyard, the State Maintenance Engineer
or designated agent will:
1.
Ascertain the owner(s) of the automobile graveyard or junkyard.
2.
Ascertain the owner(s) of the property upon which the automobile graveyard or
junkyard is located.
3.
Ascertain the date the automobile graveyard or junkyard was established.
4.
Contact the owner of the automobile graveyard or junkyard, preferable in person, or
by telephone, and advise him the facility is illegal, and why, and request that the
violation be remedied.
5.
Follow up with a letter to the owner, restating the facts as to why this facility is
llegal, and give him twenty (20) days to remedy the violation. This letter will be
sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, or by personal delivery, properly
witnessed.
If, at the expiration of the twenty (20) day period the owner has not remedied the violation
or made satisfactory arrangements to do so the State Maintenance Engineer or designated
agent will forward the following to the Legal Division for action.
1.
The name(s) and address of the owner(s) of the facility.
2.
The name(s) and address of the property upon which the facility is located.
3.
The date the facility was established.
4.
A sketch showing:
a.
the facility in relation to the highway.
b.
The section, township, range and county in which the facility is located.
c.
Any other information helpful in pin pointing the location of the facility.
5.
Picture(s) of the junkyard. (Show on the sketch the location which the picture(s)
was taken).
6.
A copy of the Notice Letter to the owner(s).
7.
A full account of what has transpired relative to this removal.
The State Maintenance Engineer or designated agent will meet with the appropriate County
or District Attorney or will file affidavits against the owners, when and as deemed
necessary, and as directed by Legal Counsel.
EXISTING JUNKYARDS AND AUTOMOBILE GRAVEYARDS
Any junkyard which was lawfully in existence on June 16, 1966, which is within one
thousand (1,000) feet of the nearest edge of the right of way and visible from the main
traveled way of any highway on the Interstate or Primary System and not located within a
zoned or unzoned manufacturing or industrial area shall be screened, if feasible, by the
MDOT at locations on highway right of way so as not to be visible from traveled way of
such highways or removed from view of the highway as a right of way consideration in
keeping with the law.
SYSTEM CHANGE
Any automobile graveyard or junkyard located along any highway made a part of the
Interstate or Primary System after June 16, 1966, shall be considered to have been lawfully
established for the purpose of this act and in the event the automobile graveyard or junkyard
is not located within either a zoned or unzoned manufacturing or industrial area or that
cannot be made to so conform by screening it shall be required to be removed from view of
the highway as a right of way consideration in keeping with the law.
SCREENING STANDARDS
Standards for screening all junkyards will be established by the Roadway Design Division
of the MDOT in cooperation with the Federal Highway Administration.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
Chapter 11001 Application for Maintenance of Urban Streets, Form MND-010
Purpose
To establish an application for a municipality who requests that the Mississippi
Transportation Commission take over for maintenance of a city street as allowed in Section
65-1-75 and 65-3-99 Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. (For Mississippi Code see
www.state.ms.us)
This rule establishes a form to be used by municipalities to request the Mississippi
Transportation Commission to take over for maintenance a city street.
Chapter 11002 Municipal Street Takeovers
Purpose
To establish a policy to delineate the Mississippi Transportation Commission’s
responsibility for municipal street takeovers as allowed in Section 65-1-75, Mississippi
Code Anotate, 1972.
This rule delineates the requirements for maintenance of city streets taken over for
maintenance by the Mississippi Transportation Commission.
The maintenance responsibility of the MDOT extends no farther right and left of the center
line on streets having curbs at the time of the takeover, or having curbs added by the
Municipality after the takeover, than the inside face of the curbs, and shall not include the
curbs. Where curbs are added by the State at a later date the maintenance responsibility of
the MDOT shall include the curbs but extend no farther right and left of the centerline than
the back of the curbs.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
200 Section 65-1-75, MCA (1972)
201 For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
Chapter 11003 Certificate of Title (Municipality), Form MND-081
Purpose
To provide a form for a municipality to use in submitting a certificate of title to the
Mississippi Transportation Commission.
This rule establishes a form for a municipality to use in submitting a certificate of title to the
Mississippi Transportation Commission. (See attached Form MND-081.)
Chapter 11004 Certificate of Title (County), Form MND-082
Purpose
To provide a form for a county to use in submitting a certificate of title to the Mississippi
Transportation Commission.
This rule establishes a form for a county to use in submitting a certificate of title to the
Mississippi Transportation Commission. (See attached Form MND-082.)
Chapter 11005 Ordinance Regulating Traffic and Use of Street(s), Form MND-561
Purpose
This form provides the necessary information to comply with the appropriate statutes in
transferring maintenance of a portion of a State Highway within the limits of a municipality
to the municipality.
This is a form of ordinance that must be passed before a municipality can take over the
maintenance of a state highway that passes through the municipality. The form provides
that the municipality will maintain the integrity of the right of way and the highway as is
required of the MDOT. (See attached Form MND-561.)
Chapter 11006 Order of the Board of Supervisors, Form MND-562
Purpose
This form certifies compliance with those statutes that control the transfer of maintenance
of a state highway from a county to the Mississippi Transportation Commission.
This form is a certification by the county that it has complied with the specific statutory
requirements necessary to transfer the maintenance of a highway from the County to the
Mississippi Transportation Commission. (See attached Form MND-562.)
Chapter 11007 Final Certificate and Conveyance, Form MND-200
Purpose
To provide for compliance with the appropriate statutes in transferring maintenance
responsibilities from a county to the Mississippi Transportation Commission.
This form provides for all information necessary to transfer of maintenance and also
certifies that the County has complied with all statutory requirements for transfer of
Maintenance to the MTC. (See attached Form MND-200.)
Chapter 17001 Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Treatment Plants
Purpose
To establish a policy to standardize procedures governing the operation and maintenance of
all wastewater treatment plants maintained by the Mississippi Department of Transportation
in order to comply with guidelines set forth by the Federal Environmental Protection
Agency.
This rule sets the requirements necessary for the Mississippi Department of Transportation
to comply with guidelines set forth by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency for all
wastewater treatment plants maintained by the Department of Transportation.
GENERAL
All highway roadside parks, rest areas, weigh stations, or welcome centers with wastewater
treatment facilities shall hold a valid permit issued by the Mississippi Department of
Environmental Quality, hereinafter the “DEQ”, in accordance with guidelines set forth by
the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. The Roadway Design Division is
responsible for obtaining the initial permit(s) for the construction or reconstruction of a
wastewater treatment facility. The Maintenance Division is responsible for permit renewals
for all wastewater treatment facilities. All permit renewals must be kept on file in the
Maintenance Division with copies made available to the District Wastewater Treatment
Operators. No treated or untreated wastewater shall be discharged into any public stream,
named or unnamed, without a valid permit. The wastewater treatment plants shall be
operated at all times in strict accordance with permit requirements.
District Wastewater Treatment Operator
1.
This person will insure that the Department complies with the rules and regulations
promulgated by DEQ.
2.
The operator shall thoroughly familiarize himself with all control tests (chemical and
physical), effluent limitations, and monitoring frequencies required by applicable
DEQ rules and regulations.
3.
Quarterly operational logs and DEQs’ Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR) shall be
submitted by the District Wastewater Treatment Operator to DEQ with a copy to the
Departments’ Maintenance Division regarding the operation of each wastewater
treatment plant. The logs and DMR’s shall be submitted at the times and places set
out in DEQ rules and regulations. The quarterly operation log shall comply with all
DEQ rules and regulations.
4.
Certification
Each District Wastewater Treatment Operator shall:
a.
Be certified by the Mississippi Water and Pollution Control Operators
Association, Inc., or its equivalent,
b.
Hold a Class II Certificate of Competency as approved by DEQ, and
c.
Attend periodic training sessions and short courses as required to maintain a
valid certificate.
MAINTENANCE DIVISION
The State Maintenance Engineer shall appoint a representative to review the quarterly
reports for all wastewater treatment plants to determine if they are in compliance with the
permit requirements. Said Maintenance Division representative will advise the District
Wastewater Treatment Operator of any violations.
The Maintenance Division shall serve as a liaison between all District Wastewater
Treatment Operators. The Maintenance Division will, upon request, assist the Districts in all
phases of operating and maintaining wastewater treatment plants.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency.
Mississippi Water and Pollution Control Operators Association, Inc.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
Chapter 17002 Operation and Maintenance of Water Treatment Systems
Purpose
To establish a policy to standardize procedures governing the operation and maintenance of
all fresh water treatment systems maintained by the Mississippi Department of
Transportation in order to comply with the current editions of the Mississippi Safe Drinking
Water Act and the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act.
This rule sets the requirements necessary for the Mississippi Department of Transportation
to comply with the current editions of the Mississippi Safe Drinking Water Act and the
Federal Safe Drinking Water Act a the fresh water treatment systems maintained by the
Department of Transportation.
DISTRICT WATER TREATMENT OPERATOR
This person will insure that the Department complies with the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Mississippi State Board of Health.
Monthly samples of the drinking water system must be taken to determine if the system is
free of contamination by bacteria.
When contamination is found in the drinking water system, appropriate steps must be taken
to eliminate the bacteria.
All operators of each water treatment system must either be certified by the Mississippi
Water and Pollution Control Operators Association, Inc., or its equivalent.
1. Operators of a water treatment system involving only chlorination shall hold a Class
“D” Certificate of Competency as approved by the Mississippi State Board of Health.
2. Operators of an actual water treatment plant including chlorination, aeration, pH
adjustment, ion exchange, sedimentation, pressure filtration and iron removal shall hold
a Class “B” Water Treatment Certificate. They shall attend periodic workshops to keep
abreast of the latest developments involving fresh water treatment.
Each operator shall have a chemical test kit for performing such field tests as pH, residual
chlorine, carbon dioxide, total hardness, total alkalinity, manganese and iron.
MAINTENANCE DIVISION
The Maintenance Division shall serve as a liaison between all Water Treatment Operators.
The Maintenance Division will, upon request, assist the Districts in all phases of operating
and maintaining fresh water treatment systems.
GENERAL INFORMATION
MISSISSIPPI STATE BOARD OF HEALTH
1. The Mississippi State Board of Health will promulgate all rules and regulations
regarding the use of our drinking water supply in the State of Mississippi.
2. Inspectors from the Board will periodically take samples of the drinking water system to
determine if the system is free of contamination by bacteria.
REFERENCES
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
Mississippi Safe Drinking Water Act, Current Edition.
Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, Current Edition.
Mississippi State Board of Health.
Mississippi Water and Pollution Control Operators Association, Inc.
For Mississippi Code see www.state.ms.us
For Federal Government U.S. Code see www.gpoaccess.gov or www.dot.gov
Chapter 22001 Procedures for House Moves on State Highways
Purpose
To provide the procedures for moving houses on the State Maintained Highway System.
To permit those house moves that can be accomplished within the regulations and
operational procedures for house moves as established by the Department. No house
move will be permitted, which in the opinion of the Department, will conceivably cause
damage to public property, adversely affect the safety or cause undue delays to the
traveling public.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SECTION 200
REGULATIONS
2. SECTION 300
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
3. SECTION 400
HOUSE MOVERS STANDARD WEIGHT CHART
4. SECTION 500
HOUSE MOVING FORMS
REGULATION
The maximum width, heights, or distance moved shall be approved by the District
Engineer or his representative taking into consideration the roadway geometrics, overhead
obstructions, traffic volumes, etc., on the specific routes involved.
A multi-unit manufactured or modular home that has been installed and used as a residence
may be transported as a single unit as covered in this rule.
The Department will require reasonable time to inspect intended haul routes.
The house mover shall furnish the Department with a thorough description (to include
pictures of the front, two sides, and the back) of the load to be moved on the Department’s
House Move Information Form (MND-210). The form can be found at:
http://www.gomdot.com/Divisions/Highways/Resources/Permits/pdf/Form%20MND-
210_22001.pdf.
The description of the load shall include an estimated weight based upon the
Department’s House Movers Standard Weight Chart. Refer to Section 400 of this Rule.
The house mover is responsible for any additional permits, notifications or clearances
that are required from any City, or Municipality, or Utility Company, or any other
jurisdictional agency or regulation.
The house mover shall provide a copy of all such additional permits, notifications and
clearances along with his submission of the Department’s House Move Information Form
(MND-210).
Movements shall be made between one-half (1/2) hour before sunrise to one-half (1/2)
hour after sunset Monday through Saturday. Movements must be timed to avoid urban
areas during peak traffic periods.
Movements will not be allowed on Sundays, New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of
July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, or after 12:00 noon on days proceeding
the listed holidays.
Movements may be prohibited on other days when specific events may generate unusually
heavy traffic in the vicinity of the move.
House moves shall not be made during times of rain, snow, and sleet or during other
hazardous weather conditions.
House movers shall make provisions to allow passing of all emergency vehicles during
the move. All necessary provisions will be made to assure that traffic will not be held up
more than fifteen (15) minutes where conditions permit. Under NO conditions will traffic
be held up more than thirty (30) minutes. When available, house movers shall secure the
use of law enforcement officers to facilitate the safe movement of a load.
House moves will be allowed only on routes specified on the permit. House moves will
not be allowed on Interstate Highways. Houses cannot be moved using farm tractors, or
other non-commercial or non-licensed motor vehicles.
No Traffic control signals shall be removed or altered. Just prior to the house passing
their location a bucket truck shall be required to manually raise any signal support cables
and hardware. The bottom tether cable may be disconnected but shall be reconnected
immediately after the house passes the location of the traffic control signal.
Other traffic control devices (signs, etc.) may be removed just prior to the house passing
their location, and shall be re-erected immediately after the house passes the location of
the traffic control device. Re-erecting a sign and sign post requires the house mover to
drive the sign post(s) immediately adjacent to its previous location and attaching the
sign(s) at the required mounting height.
Escort vehicles shall be equipped with 18” x 18” red flags mounted on 7 foot staffs on
each side of the front bumper or the equivalent height mounted to the revolving light
bracket on top of the escort vehicles’ cab. An oversize load sign 84” x 18” with wording
“OVERSIZE LOAD” in 10” black letters with 1 5/8’ brush stroke on yellow or orange
background will be mounted on the front of the lead escort vehicle and towing vehicle on
the rear of the rear escort vehicle.
Escort vehicles also shall be equipped with an AMBER revolving or flashing light of
sufficient size to be visible to all traffic within a safe distance of the vehicle or load being
escorted by mounting it on top of the cab and shall operate the lights during the entire
course of the movement. Escorts and towing vehicles shall both be equipped with radios
such that inter-vehicle communication is possible. The escort vehicles are responsible for
advising the towing of any conditions arising that may require responsive actions.
Applicants shall provide a valid Federal DOT number or a Certificate of Insurance with
the Department listed as the certificate holder with no less than Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($500,000) single limit liability on file with the Department. Exceptions may be
made when in the opinion of Department a movement is not of a nature likely to cause
damage to the highway or one time personal movements. Applicant must have in force
the minimum motor vehicle liability insurance coverage as required by state law.
It is noted that Section 63-5-53, Mississippi Code of 1972, places damage liability upon
the permit holder. This also includes any damage to all public and private utilities
involved during the house move.
The house mover shall post a performance bond at the discretion of the District Engineer to
insure compliance of the terms of the permit. The Department’s Bond Form (MND-
211) shall
accompany the bond. Upon completion of the move and cancellation of the
permit, the
District Engineer will cancel and release the Bond. The Bond form can be
found at:
http://www.gomdot.com/Divisions/Highways/Resources/Permits/pdf/House_Bond.pdf
Applicant must abide by all Federal, State, and Local Laws.
A copy of the approved Permit and a copy of the approved HOUSE MOVE
INFORMATION FORM (MND-210), shall be carried in the vehicle to which it refers at all
times during the move.
Failure of a house mover to comply with the terms of the permit, these regulations or the
Department’s Operational Procedures may be caused for cancellation of all permits
issued and a suspension period for obtaining additional permits as determined by the
District Engineer. The mover may appeal penalties to the Director and/or the
Transportation Commission.
Any vehicle and/or load in violation of the permitting rules or regulations, or
apprehended on prohibited sections of highway may be fined $250.00 and/or a 6-month
permit suspension.
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
The house mover shall contact the District Office of the Mississippi Department of
Transportation, having jurisdiction over the proposed move routes, prior to the move.
The house mover shall furnish all the requested information on the Department’s House
Move Information Form (MND-210).
The District Permit Officer will record the required information and assign the move an
authorization number. Any further reference to the house move shall include the
authorization number which shall be indicated on the permit under remarks.
The District Permit Officer will submit the House Move Information Form (MND-210) to
the Bridge Engineer for review and approval of the vehicle axle loads, routes and structures
crossed. If the vehicle axle loads and routes are not approved by the Bridge
Engineer,
the
House Move Information Form (MND-210) will be returned to the District
Permit Officer as
disapproved with applicable comments. If the house mover wishes to
change the vehicle axle
loads or routes, a new House Move Information Form (MND-
210) must be submitted by the
house mover with the new information to the District
Office.
The District Permit Officer will contact the appropriate District Maintenance Engineer
and District Construction Engineer, or their designee(s) to obtain their approval for the
move. Information obtained from the house mover will be faxed to the adjacent
District(s) as needed.
The District will discuss or review the information furnished by the house mover. Upon
completion of the review process, the District will advise the District Permit Officer of
their recommendation. The review process may include inspection of the route(s), the
load, and the vehicle that will be used to carry the load.
If any changes are made to the HOUSE MOVE INFORMATION FORM by the District,
the District shall return the FORM to the House Mover for his signature to acknowledge
the changes. The mover shall sign the FORM in the place provided and return it to the
District.
Upon approval of the move by the District, the District Permit Officer will enter the
information from the HOUSE MOVE INFORMATION FORM (MND-210) into the
State Permit computer system. The State Permit Division will review the house move
application, verify insurance coverage, verify payment, and issue the permit for the move.
The permit shall be valid for fourteen days.
The District Permit Officer shall print the approved permit and forward the approved
permit and the approved HOUSE MOVE INFORMATION FORM (MND-210) to the
house mover.
The District will advise the District Maintenance Engineer of any damage to public
property. If damage occurs to State Property, the District may recover damage costs
through the maintenance repair project (MRP) process as provided in SOP MND-13-01-
00-000 Repair of Damaged Highways and Recovery of Cost. The Department may take
disciplinary action appropriate with the performance record of the house mover and/or
the severity of actions.
If a Bond was required, upon completion of the move and complete recovery of costs for
any damages caused by the house mover, the District shall cancel and release the Bond.
HOUSE MOVERS STANDARD WEIGHT CHART
Type “A” – Conventional Frame with Sheetrock (32 #/S.F.)
Type “B” – Conventional Frame with Plaster (41 #/S.F.)
Type “C” – Concrete Slab with Frame and Sheetrock (76 #/S.F.)
401 If the house to be moved has a brick exterior, add 193 pounds per linear foot of exterior
wall to the weight indicated in the chart.
For estimating the weight of Carports use (20 #/S.F.)
TYPE “A”
TYPE “B”
TYPE “C”
SQ. FT.
( LBS. )
( LBS. )
( LBS. )
28,800
36,900
68,400
30,400
38,950
72,200
32,000
41,000
76,000
33,600
43,050
79,800
35,200
45,100
83,600
36,800
47,150
87,400
38,400
49,200
91,200
40,000
51,250
95,000
41,600
53,300
98,800
43,200
55,350
102,600
44,800
57,400
106,400
46,400
59,450
110,200
48,000
61,500
114,000
49,600
63,550
117,800
51,200
65,600
121,600
52,800
67,650
125,400
54,400
69,700
129,200
56,000
71,750
133,000
57,600
73,800
136,800
59,200
75,850
140,600
60,800
77,900
144,400
62,400
79,950
148,200
64,000
82,000
152,000
65,600
84,050
155,800
67,200
86,100
159,600
68,800
88,150
163,400
70,400
90,200
167,200
72,000
92,250
171,000
73,600
94,350
174,800
75,200
96,350
178,600
76,800
98,400
182,400
78,400
100,450
186,200
80,000
102,500
190,000
81,600
104,550
193,800
83,200
106,600
197,600
84,800
108,650
201,400
86,400
110,700
205,200
88,000
112,750
209,000
89,600
114,800
212,800
HOUSE MOVING FORMS
FORM MND-210, HOUSE MOVE INFORMATION FORM.
FORM MND 211, BOND FORM
Sub-Part: 7501 Maintenance
Chapter 03002: Construction and Maintenance of Driveway, County Road and Municipal
Street Connections to State Highways
Construction of driveways, county road connections, and municipal street connections to
State Maintained Highways shall be accomplished as follows:
1. Any individual, partnership, corporation, Board of Supervisors, or any municipal authority
having jurisdiction over property abutting state highway right-of-way or jurisdiction over a
county road or municipal street and desiring to obtain a driveway, county road or municipal
street connection to a state maintained highway shall make application for a permit for such
connection in accordance with the requirements of Rule 37.I.7501.03001. Application will
be made on Form MND-001.
2. Before any construction can begin on rights-of-way under the jurisdiction of the
Transportation Commission, a permit for such construction shall have been approved by the
Deputy Executive Director-Chief Engineer or his authorized representative.
3. Unless otherwise hereinafter provided, the applicant shall furnish the drainage structures
and all other materials and perform or have performed, without expense to the
Transportation Commission, all construction shown in the approved permit.
4. The Transportation Commission may install pipe sidedrains furnished by the applicants for
non-commercial driveway connections in order to insure proper installation and drainage,
provided the sidedrain is located within the state highway right-of-way and is required by
the approved permit. If the Transportation Commission chooses to install a pipe sidedrain,
it may also backfill the pipe with a sufficient amount of material to hold the pipe in place. It
will be the responsibility of the applicant to complete construction of the driveway, place
the desired surface material on the driveway, and plant the required vegetative cover on the
driveway.
5. The Transportation Commission will replace driveway, county road and street connections
destroyed by construction of state highway projects and construct such connections where
same are a part of an agreement or right-of-way consideration relative to the construction of
the project. Such replacement and construction shall conform to approved plans.
6. All material used in any construction on state highway rights-of-way shall be of an
approved type and placed in accordance with the approved design.
7. Construction on state highway rights-of-way under approved permits shall be so scheduled
as to permit inspection by Department personnel as the work progresses. It shall be the
duty of the applicant to give the Department at least 24 hours notice in order to arrange for
such inspection.
Maintenance of driveways, county road connections and municipal street connections to
State maintained highways shall be as follows:
1. The Transportation Commission will maintain all existing county road and municipal street
connections within the highway right-of-way limits under the jurisdiction of the
Transportation Commission subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2 (b), (c), (d), (e) & (f).
2. The Transportation Commission will maintain within the highway right-of-way limits any
county road or municipal street connection it may construct, or have constructed, and any
county road or municipal street connection constructed under permits and completed after
this date, provided such construction under permits is in accordance with the requirements
of the approved permit.
3. County road and municipal street connections previously constructed under approved
permits, but not in accordance with the requirements of the permits, will not be maintained
by the Transportation Commission beyond the shoulder line of the highway.
4. The Transportation Commission will maintain all structures which are a part of the county
road or municipal street connections within the limits of the highway right-of-way provided
such structures are in compliance with the approved permit and the permit requirements
have been fulfilled in regards to construction of the connection.
5. Nothing herein is to prohibit work being done within the highway rights-of-way by the
Commission on structures for county road or street connections not in compliance with
permit requirements where same is necessary to prevent damage to the highway or highway
appurtenances.
6. The District Engineer will determine whether or not road, street or driveway connections for
which there is a permit of record comply with the requirements of said permit. The
applicant will be responsible for the correction of any future damage resulting from
improper installation of the connection.
7. Maintenance of all Driveway connections will be as follows, unless otherwise stated within
the application for the permit or the approved permit:
a. Non-commercial Driveways:
The Department will maintain unpaved driveways to
the right-of-way line at the same time as shoulder maintenance is performed on the
facility. Maintenance may include blading, shaping, and the addition of surface
material, if necessary, as determined by the District Engineer. The Department will not
be on-call for such work. Any maintenance desired by the property owner between the
Department’s regular shoulder maintenance operations will be performed by the owner.
The Department may maintain the pavements of paved driveways to the shoulder line.
Shoulders and ditches may be dressed as needed when working the highway shoulders
on the route
b. Commercial Driveways: The Department may maintain commercial driveways to the
shoulder line.
c. Driveways within municipalities: The municipality will maintain driveways within the
municipal corporate limits. As stated in Mississippi Code Ann. 65-1-75, municipalities
shall have full control and responsibility beyond the curb lines of any designated
highway or street, whether heretofore or hereafter so designate, (except the interstate
system).
d. Drainage:
1. Non-Commercial Driveways: The Department may maintain drainage
features within the right-of-way that are associated with driveway
connections and installed in accordance with the approved permit. This
includes driveway culverts placed according to the Department’s
requirements, unless maintenance responsibility is assigned to the applicant
in the Special Notes of the Permit Application, or the applicant has been
notified in writing that such a Special Note has been added to the approved
permit.
2. Commercial Driveways: The property owner is responsible for maintaining
all drainage features within the right-of-way that are associated with a
commercial driveway connection. The Department reserves the right to
remove any drainage structures or features within the right-of-way that were
not installed in accordance with the approved permit, are not functioning
properly, are not adequately maintained by the property owner, or are not
included in the approved permit.
e. In instances where a driveway is for both commercial and non-commercial use, the
commercial designation will generally govern.
8. Where damage to the highway or highway appurtenances is probable the Department may
take the necessary action regardless of maintenance responsibility.
See Special Note details listed in Rule 37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment
Permits for the following subjects:
1. Wetlands
2. Traffic Control Plans
See Special note details listed in Rule 37.I.7501.04013, Driveway and Street Connections,
Median Opening, Frontage Roads for the following subjects:
1. Mailboxes
Special Notes or additional provisions included in the permit application or the approved
permit may modify the responsibilities of the applicant and the Department as outlined
herein.
REFERENCES:
(All references herein to other materials are as to the most current version of
that particular document.)
1.
37.I.7501.03001, Processing of Permit Applications
2.
37.I.7501.03003, Application for Permit to Construct Driveway, Form MND-001.
3.
37.I.7501.04002, Right of Way Encroachment Permits
4.
37.I.7501.04013, Driveway and Street Connection, Median Openings, Frontage Roads.
5.
Section 65-1-10, Mississippi Code Annotated (1972), as amended
6. Section 65-1-75, Mississippi Code Annotated (1972), as amended
Sub-part 7601 – Traffic Engineering Division
Chapter 00100 Erection and Maintenance of Signs and Signals
Purpose
To Establish General Sign and Signal Erection and Maintenance Policy
Rule on establishing general sign and signal erection and maintenance policy.
Signs and signals will be warranted, erected, and maintained in accordance with the
guidelines established in the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices adopted by the Transportation Commission, as per Mississippi Code 63-3-301 and
63-3-303 as amended which is available at www.state.ms.us.
The date of installation or total face replacement will be shown on the back of the sign.
Any variation from the requirements of the guidelines established in the Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices shall be accompanied by a justification study signed by
the Area Traffic Engineer and approved by the State Traffic Engineer, both of whom shall
be licensed professional engineers.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information is
available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00200 Fiscal and Maintenance Responsibilities for Traffic Signals
Purpose
To provide consistency in coordinating with other governmental agencies and private
entities the delineation of financial participation and maintenance for traffic signals. This
rule covers signal equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof, when one or more of
the streets controlled by the signal is on the State Highway System. Such participation by
the Department is contingent upon availability of funds for these purposes. Guidelines set
forth in the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD),
and Mississippi Code, Article 7, Annotated sections 63-3-301 through 63-3-325 as
amended.
To provide consistency in coordinating with other governmental agencies and private
entities the delineation of financial participation and maintenance for traffic signals. This
policy covers signal equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof, when one or more
of the streets controlled by the signal is on the State Highway System. Such participation
by the Department is contingent upon availability of funds for these purposes. Guidelines
set forth in the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MUTCD), and Mississippi Code, Annotated sections 63-3-301 through 63-3-325 as
amended.
Procedure
For the purpose of the rule, traffic signals are classified as follows:
1. Traffic control signals (Stop – and – Go)
2. Special traffic signals:
a. School speed limit sign beacons
b. Other flashing beacons
c. Lane-use signals
d. Traffic signals at movable bridges
e. Emergency traffic signals
3. Railroad flashing light signals and gates
Definitions
1. Traffic Signals - See current edition of Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
2. Equipment - Equipment includes the controller and accessories thereto, cabinet,
detectors, and signal heads.
3. Installation - Installation involves the erection of the equipment, including: poles,
cables, brackets, necessary signs, electrical work, labor, equipment rental, and other
necessary incidental materials.
4. Maintenance - Routine maintenance includes lamp and fuse replacement, cleaning
signal heads, and minor preventative maintenance items. Major maintenance
includes repairs (other than routine maintenance) of equipment as defined above.
Traffic Control Signals (Stop – and Go)
Normal Installations
1. A normal traffic control signal installation includes installations other than those
covered in Sections 301 and 302 below.
2. An approved traffic control signal required at an access to a private business will be
the fiscal responsibility of the business for all costs involving design, equipment,
installation, and electric current.
3. The following tabulation indicates the fiscal responsibility for equipment installation
and maintenance of normal traffic signals within municipalities.
Installations Required by Construction - When an installation is required as a consequence
of a Department construction project, equipment and installation will be supplied by the
Department. Fiscal responsibility for maintenance in municipalities will be as indicated in
section 300.
Network and Arterial Systems - This category includes a group of signals controlled as a
system, usually including the central business district and/or major arteries in larger
municipalities. The cost of equipment and installation in municipalities will be determined
by population as above. The Department shall have access to systems for purposes of
monitoring timing data to assure compliance with approved timings.
Special Traffic Signals
Except for school speed limit signs beacons and traffic signals at movable bridges, the fiscal
responsibility for special traffic signals will be indicated in the table of section 300.
1. School Speed Limit Beacons - See S.O.P. No. TED-04-02-00-00
2. Traffic Signals at Movable Bridges - All costs relating to traffic signals at movable
bridges are the responsibility of the Department.
Railroad Flashing Light Signals and Gates
Railroad flashing light signals and gates are financed through agreements between the
Department and the Railroad and are maintained by the Railroad.
Equipment Replacement
Replacement of equipment resulting from damage and/or unserviceable conditions will be
the responsibility of the agency designated responsible for maintaining the equipment.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information is
available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00300 Response Maintenance for Traffic Signals
REPEALED Effective 01/17/2024
Chapter 00400 Directional Signing Policy for General Traffic Generators and Attractions
Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines governing the installation of directional
signs within highway rights-of-way for guidance to general traffic generators and
attractions, as per guidelines established in the current edition of the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices and as per Mississippi Code, Article 7, sections 63-3-301 through
63-3-325.
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines governing the installation of directional
signs within highway rights-of-way for guidance to general traffic generators and
attractions, as per guidelines established in the current edition of the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices and as per Mississippi Code, Article 7, sections 63-3-301 through
63-3-325.
General policies for general traffic generators and attraction signing on interstate and fully-
controlled access facilities
Only facilities that adequately serve the needs of the interstate motorists will be signed.
Facilities must be within 15 mile, except for major traffic generators, of the terminal of the
nearest off-ramp as outlined in Categories I, II, and III.
General policies for general traffic generators and attraction signing for other highways
Signs will be installed no farther than the nearest major access highway serving the entrance
to the facility.
General policies for general traffic generators and attraction signing for all highways
Signs shall conform to the design and location requirements in the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices.
Priority for inclusion on directional signs will be given as follows: Cities, Towns, and Road
or Street names will be given first priority. Other destinations as allowed under this Rule
will be given priority o a first-come first-serve basis. In the event several legitimate
requests are made, priority will be given to the facility generating the largest volume of
traffic. (Road or street name signs are not installed by the Department of Transportation
except on interstate and controlled-access facilities.)
The addition of this type signing will not increase the total number of destinations shown at
an interchange to more than four.
Directional signs for attractions will not be considered when other directional signs exist
adequately identifying the direction to the facility.
Necessary trailblazing signs must be in place from the highway to the facility before
directional signs are placed on the highway.
Only the main facility or attraction will be considered for signing. Areas, attractions, or
facilities within the main facility will not be considered except for allowable service
signing.
Connecting roads from the state highway to the facility must be adequate to handle all types
of anticipated vehicles under all weather conditions.
Approval must be obtained from the maintaining authority before directing traffic from the
state highway over the connecting road to the facility.
If after installation of directional signs it is found that the criteria outlined are not being met,
notification will be given to the owner or representative of the facility and reasonable time
will be allowed for the deficiencies to be corrected. If after that time the criteria are still not
met, then the state-installed directional signs will be removed.
Where attractions are extremely seasonal, such as fairgrounds, the signs will be placed only
when the attraction is active. At other times, the signs will be removed.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information is
available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00401 – Installation and Maintenance of Pictograph Signs for Private Colleges and
Universities
Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to provide guidance for the installation and maintenance of
Pictograph Signs for Private Colleges and Universities.
Pursuant to the authority granted in Section 65-1-8.2 of the Mississippi Code, the
Mississippi Transportation Commission declares it to be its policy to allow the erection of
signs displaying the name and emblem of the member institutions of the Mississippi
Association of Independent Colleges and Universities in accordance with Standard
Operating procedure TED-04-01-01-000 adopted herewith.
Chapter 00500 Traffic Control School Areas
Purpose
Establish a policy for the erection of signs and signals for schools and school crossings as per
the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and Mississippi
Code Annotated, section 63-3-515.
General Policies
All signs and signals shall conform to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
School speed zone assemblies will be installed upon request at all public schools, and at
all private schools that are members of the Mississippi Association of Independent Schools
(MAIS) or a similarly accepted accrediting agency and have a minimum enrollment of 100
students. Also, these facilities shall either have direct access to the MDOT roadway or be the
primary traffic generator for the roadway that connects to the MDOT roadway.
When requested, “School Traffic Turning” warning signs will be placed at schools that
don’t meet the above criteria. Engineering studies will determine the need for such signs.
At intersections that are impacted significantly by school traffic, appropriate warning
signs may be installed, pending the findings of an engineering study.
Responsibility of the Department of Transportation
Ground-mounted “School”, “School Speed Limit”, “School Advance”, and “When
Children are Present”, or “When Flashing” signs will be erected by the Department as applicable.
Where a school speed limit is posted it shall apply only “When Children are Present” or
“When Flashing” as posted. At all other times, any other posted speed limit or the statutory speed
limit as applicable shall apply.
A posted school speed limit takes precedence over any other posted speed limit.
1. School speed zone speed limits will be set 10 MPH below the posted speed limit
unless indicated otherwise by an MDOT approved engineering study.
Responsibility of the Local Jurisdiction
If the local jurisdiction elects to do so, MDOT will issue a permit for them to attach
amber flashers to the school speed limit sign assembly provided they meet all of the following
conditions.
1. The school property is immediately adjacent to state highway right of way or is the
primary traffic generator for the roadway that connects to the MDOT roadway
2. The local jurisdiction obtains an approved permit from the Department, which
includes maintenance, payment for electrical power, and operational requirements of
the flashers and flasher accessories by the permittee.
3. The local jurisdiction must submit in writing to the District their capabilities for
properly maintaining and operating the flashers and flasher accessories.
The flashers shall operate only on school days and at times of special activities during periods as
follows:
1. When children are going to school
2. When children are leaving school
3. At noon, if a substantial number of the students leave the school for lunch
All flasher assembly permits, layouts, wiring diagrams, and proposed equipment lists
shall be submitted through the District to the State Traffic Engineer for approval.
All flashers installed under permit shall be maintained and kept in good working
condition. The permit holder is responsible for payment for electrical power and maintenance.
The permit holder is responsible for such maintenance. Failure to properly maintain and operate
the flashers in accordance with the requirements as stated on the permit will result in their
removal by the Department.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD
information is available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during
regular business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00600 Establishment of Speed Zones
Purpose
To establish legal speed zones in accordance with guidelines established in the current
edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and as per Article
7, Mississippi Code Annotated, sections 63-3-501 through 63-3-521.
The State Traffic Engineer will prepare the “Commission Order for Speed Zoning
Highways” based on engineering studies. Upon approval by the Commission, one copy
will be retained in the Traffic Engineering Division files and one copy will be sent to the
appropriate District for their use in making the necessary changes.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information
is available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00700 Highway Safety Program
Purpose
To establish a procedure for continuing a systematic program to identify, investigate,
make recommendations, correct, and evaluate the effectiveness of a strategic highway
safety program for the state, as per 23 U.S.C. 105(f), 152, 315, and 402; section 203 of
the Highway Safety Act of 1973, as amended, 49 CFR 1.48(b).
To establish a procedure for continuing a systematic program to identify, investigate,
make recommendations, correct, and evaluate the effectiveness of a strategic highway
safety program for the state, as per 23 U.S.C. 105(f), 152, 315, and 402; section 203 of
the Highway Safety Act of 1973, as amended, 49 CFR 1.48(b).
Object
The Object of this Program is the reduction in number and severity of accidents within
the State. Specific objectives are:
1. Establishment of a field reference system for determining traffic crash locations.
2. Updating and maintenance of a traffic records system.
3. Coordinate and lead the Statewide High Hazard Elimination Program.
4. Coordinate and lead the yearly Statewide Work Zone Safety Review Team.
5. A process for systematic correction of identified safety needs.
6. A process for evaluating the effectiveness of the Safety Program.
Organization
The position of Highway Safety Engineer was established within the Department to
administer a Highway Safety Program. Oversight and guidance will be provided by the
following:
1. State Traffic Engineer
2. Assistant Chief Engineer – Operational Maintenance
3. State Planning Engineer
4. State Research Engineer
5. District Engineers Statewide
6. Safety Engineer – FHWA
7. State Aid Engineer
8. Governor’s Highway Safety Program Director
The Safety Engineer will have the overall responsibility of development, maintenance,
and update of a Strategic Highway Safety Plan for the Mississippi Department of
Transportation.
It is also the Safety Engineer’s duty to make changes in these procedures as he deems
necessary to assure compliance. The Safety Engineer will monitor the Safety Program to
assure the procedures are on schedule. He will be responsible for timely reports to the
Chief Engineer on the progress being made and to recommend the necessary support and
funding needed to implement the activities and recommendations developed under this
program. The changes should be reviewed by the State Traffic Engineer.
The Safety Engineer will contact the applicable District and Divisions to carry out the
specific tasks specified in the procedures below and to fulfill supplemental studies and
reports as may be required by the Department and the FHWA.
The activities to develop the Strategic Highway Safety Plan will utilize guidance from the
AASHTO Strategic Safety Plan, MUTCD, and the aforementioned oversight members.
These will provide the necessary instruction to conduct a program which will assure the
State of accomplishing all tasks necessary to develop, implement, and maintain the
Strategic Highway Safety Plan.
Procedures
Records - The Safety Engineer will work with the Department of Public Safety to
develop, implement, maintain, and update a new traffic crash records system. This
system will utilize a database that will allow the Safety Engineer to access crash data and
identify high crash locations that may need safety countermeasures.
Identification – The Traffic Engineering Division will be responsible for preparing all
basic reports and analyses for identifying the high accident locations on a periodic basis.
Special reports will also be made at the oversight members’ request to identify particular
locations and accident types they may desire to investigate. The reports will be
developed in accordance with the above.
Recommending Improvements
1. Hazard Elimination Program
Organize, coordinate, and lead the Statewide High Hazard Elimination Team. This
includes, but is not limited to: Coordinating with District Office personnel, Traffic
Engineering personnel, and FHWA personnel, candidates for High Hazard
Elimination; organizing and leading meetings and site reviews of candidate projects;
and follow-up reports and recommendations.
2. Work Zone Safety Review Team
Organize, coordinate, and lead field reviews of active construction work zone traffic
control statewide. This includes, but is not limited to: Coordinating with District,
Project Office, Traffic Engineer, Construction Division, Roadway Design, and
FHWA personnel active projects to be reviewed. Schedule and lead job site visits
and furnish follow-up reports and recommendations.
3. Special Safety Projects
Work with personnel in Traffic Engineering Division, MDOT District Offices, other
MDOT Divisions, FHWA, Department of Public Safety Planning, and other agencies
as required on special safety projects that will enhance safety on MDOT maintained
highways. This includes, but is not limited to: Assisting in the development,
implementation, and maintenance of the aforementioned new traffic crash data
records system; safety studies at intersections, interchanges, or sections of MDOT
maintained highways, and working with FHWA and other agencies on legislation that
will promote actions which will improve safety on Mississippi highways.
4. Public Relations
Provide assistance, as requested, to MDOT personnel, FHWA personnel, State
Legislators, and personnel from other State and Federal agencies on traffic safety
issues.
Evaluation
The Safety Engineer will have the primary responsibility for before and after studies of
selected safety projects constructed under this program to aid in measuring their
effectiveness. The study results will be furnished to the oversight members for their use
in reporting progress in highway safety, monitoring the effectiveness of the safety
program, and measuring the overall effects of different types of safety improvement
applications.
The Safety Engineer will prepare an annual report to show the progress being made in the
Strategic Highway Safety Plan.
Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information
is available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 00800 Specific Service Signs
Purpose
To establish polices and procedures for the installation of specific service signs within
Department of Transportation right-of-way.
To establish polices and procedures for the installation of specific service signs within
Department of Transportation right-of-way.
Definitions
The following words as used in this Rule shall mean:
1.
“Department” or “MDOT” means Mississippi Department of Transportation.
2.
“Executive Director” means the Chief Executive Officer of MDOT or his
designated representative.
3.
“District” means any one of six subdivisions of MDOT responsible for
construction and maintenance activities in a defined geographical area.
4.
“MDOT Program Administrator” means that person assigned by MDOT to
oversee and coordinate Contractor’s or MDOT Personnel’s activity.
5.
“Logo Sign Program” is a simplified expression for the Specific Service Sign
Program as outlined in the current Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
It may also be identified as the “Program”.
6.
“Eligible Highways” means those sections of controlled access highways
determined by MDOT to be eligible for the Logo Sign Program.
7.
“Eligible Interchange” or “Interchange” means those interchanges or intersections
within the eligible sections of highways where the Logo Sign Program may be
provided.
8.
“Qualified Business” means those facilities providing “GAS”, “FOOD”,
“LODGING”, “CAMPING”, AND “ATTRACTION” services that meet the
eligibility criteria defined in this rule.
9.
“Specific Service Sign” means a background panel with border and copy upon
which one (1) or more separate business signs may be attached and are located
adjacent to the mainline and exit ramps of the eligible highway.
10.
“Business Sign” means a sign mounted on the Specific Service Sign showing the
name, symbol, trademark, or combination thereof for a type service available at
an interchange.
11.
“Trailblazer” means a business sign with appropriate directional arrows mounted
along the route leading from the interchange to the business for traffic direction
purposes.
12.
“Site Plan” will be the means of documenting the construction, maintenance,
refurbishing, and sight clearing to be performed by Contractor or MDOT
Personnel on or for specific service signs within highway right-of-way as well as
the means of obtaining approval of such work from the MDOT Program
Administrator.
13.
“As-Built Plans” are detailed plans showing the configuration and location of
specific service signs and trailblazer signs after the initial construction is
completed on an interchange-by-interchange basis.
14.
“Visible” means the location of the business can be readily identified by traffic
approaching the termini of the highway exit ramp serving the business or
approaching an intersection along the route from the exit ramp to the business.
15.
“Contractor” means that person, firm, or organization selected by MDOT for the
purpose of administering, marketing, construction, refurbishing, and maintaining
the existing and future Specific Service Sign Program in Mississippi.
16.
“Blanket Authority” will be the means by which Contractor will obtain approval
from the MDOT Program Administrator to install, reposition, or remove business
signs and to repair specific service background panel signs.
17.
“Traffic Control Plan” will be the method and means of informing, directing, and
regulating traffic when various construction or maintenance activities are being
performed on highway right-of-way by Contractor, or MDOT Personnel.
18.
“MDOT District Inspector” means that District person assigned the responsibility
of assisting the MDOT Program Administrator in administering the Logo Sign
Program.
Administration
Administration of the Logo Sign Program shall include planning, organizing, directing,
and controlling all activities in the Logo Sign Program to assure systematic orderly
program progress. All activities are to be coordinated with the MDOT Program
Administrator who will inform the appropriate MDOT District Inspectors of planned
activities and schedules for all phases of work.
Location
Eligible Highways - The routes and location of eligible sections of the fully or partially
controlled access system of highways where the Logo Sign Program may be provided are
listed below. All locations are subject to adequate sign spacing and MDOT approval.
The Commission reserves the right to add additional eligible sections of highways and/or
interchanges to the Logo Sign Program. Additional highway segments and/or
interchanges may be made eligible and added to the program, but written approval in the
form of a Commission Order is required before work commences on such segment or
interchange.
The COMMISSION also reserves the right to require Contractor or MDOT Personnel to
remove, at Contractor’s or MDOT Personnel’s expense, all or part of the specific service
signs at an existing eligible interchange that becomes in conflict with highway
construction, maintenance, or the intent of the Logo Sign Program.
Lateral Location - The specific service signs should be located so as to take advantage of
natural terrain, to have the least impact on the scenic environment, and to avoid visual
conflict with other signs within highway rights-of-way. Sign panel supports shall be of
breakaway or yielding design meeting MDOT standards and specifications for breakaway
and yielding sign supports.
Relative Location - In the direction of traffic, successive specific service signs shall be
those for “ATTRACTION”, “CAMPING”, “LODGING”, “FOOD”, and “GAS”, in that
order
Business Eligibility Criteria
Conformity with Laws - Each business identified on a specific service sign shall have
given written assurance of its conformity with all applicable laws concerning the
provision of public accommodations without regard to race, religion, color, sex, or
national origin, and shall not be in breach of that assurance. This statement may be
included in the participation agreement format.
Distance to Services - The maximum distance that service facilities can be located from
the terminal of the nearest off ramp to qualify for a business sign shall be fifteen (15)
miles in either direction. At intersections that MDOT determines are urban in nature, the
maximum distance shall be two (2) miles from the terminal of the nearest off ramp.
Measurements shall be from the beginning of the road connecting the ramp to the
crossroad or the nose-point of a loop along normal edge of pavement of the crossroad as a
vehicle must travel to reach a point opposite the main entrance to the business.
Should a business qualify for business signs at two interchanges, the business sign(s)
shall be erected at the nearest eligible interchange. In no instance shall a business be
signed at one interchange to exit at another interchange for access to the business.
Types of Services Permitted
The types of services permitted shall be limited to “GAS”, “FOOD”, “LODGING”,
“CAMPING”, and “ATTRACTIONS”. To qualify for display on a specific service sign:
1.
“GAS” Shall Include:
a.
Appropriate licensing as required by law.
b.
Vehicle services of unleaded fuel, oil, and water.
c.
Free restroom facilities and free drinking water suitable for public use.
(Outside faucet with garden hose, restroom sink, etc., are not considered
suitable for drinking water.)
d.
Year-round operation at least sixteen (16) continuous hours per day, seven
(7) days a week.
e.
Telephone available for use by the public.
2.
“FOOD” Shall Include:
a.
Appropriate licensing and/or permitting as required by law or regulation.
b.
Year-round operation at least eleven (11) continuous days per hour per
day between 7 a.m. to 12 p.m. six (6) days a week. Restaurants which do
not meet the requirement of hours may participate subject to available
space.
c.
Indoor seating for at least sixteen (16) persons or “drive-thru” or “drive-
in” service.
d.
Public restroom facilities.
e.
Telephone available for use by the public.
3.
“LODGING” Shall Include:
a.
Appropriate licensing as required by law.
b.
Adequate sleeping accommodations consisting of a minimum ten (10)
units with private baths, or in the case of a bed and breakfast
establishment, a minimum of three (3) bedrooms with private baths. The
bed and breakfast facilities will be noted as such on the individual logo
signs.
c.
Off-street vehicle parking spaces for each lodging room for rent.
d.
Year-round operation.
e.
Telephone available for use by the public.
4.
“CAMPING” Shall Include:
a.
Appropriate licensing as required by law.
b.
Modern sanitary and bath facilities which are adequate for the number of
campers that can be accommodated.
c.
At least ten (10) campsites with water and electrical outlets.
d.
Adequate parking accommodations.
e.
Continuous operation, seven (7) days a week, twelve (12) months a year.
f.
Telephone available for use by the public.
g.
If space is available and they are not currently on standard guide signs,
state parks with eligible campgrounds may participate at no charge. Logo
panels for these will be furnished by MDOT’s Traffic Engineering Sign
Shop.
5.
“ATTRACTIONS” Shall Include:
To qualify for an attraction LOGO sign, a business must: (i) not be currently
utilizing other traffic generator guide signs, (ii) have licensing or approval, where
required, (iii) provide sanitary public restroom facilities, unless exempted by
MDOT, (iv) be in continuous operation at least three (3) days per week in season,
(except the requirement shall not apply to the “arena” category), (v) be located
within fifteen (15) miles of the interchange and have a route than can easily be
navigated by motorists, (vi) be of regional interest to the traveling public and fall
into one or more of the following categories:
a.
Historical Site or District: Shall include a structure, site, or district that has
definite historical significance as determined by the Mississippi Historical
Society as a historical attraction and is listed on the National Register of
Historic Places.
b.
Cultural Site: Shall include any facility for the performing arts, exhibits, or
concerts that is open to all age groups.
i.
Museum: A facility open to the public in which works or artistic,
historical, or scientific value are cared for and exhibited to the public.
ii.
Sites indigenous to Mississippi.
c.
Educational Site:
i.
Zoological/Aquariums/Botanical Park: A facility in which living
animals, insects, fish, or plants are kept and exhibited to the public.
ii.
Facility Tour Location: A facility such as a factory, institution, or
plant which conducts daily or weekly public tours on a regular scheduled
basis year-round.
d.
Area of Natural Beauty/Scenic Beauty: A natural occurring area of
outstanding interest to the general public; examples include, but are not
limited to, State and National Parks, wilderness areas, lakes, rivers, and
similar areas.
e.
Recreational Site:
i.
Recreational Area: An area that includes, but is not limited to,
bicycling, boating, fishing, hiking, rafting, picnicking, and water
skiing.
ii.
Amusement Parks: A permanent area, which is open to the general
public for entertainment rides and food services. In operation
more than three (3) months per year.
iii.
Arenas: A stadium, sports complex, auditorium, fairground, civic
or convention center.
iv.
Golf Courses: A facility open to the public and offering at least
nine (9) holes of play. Miniature golf courses, driving ranges, chip
and putt courses, and indoor golf shall not be eligible.
v.
Water Oriented Tours: i.e., Riverboat, Dinner Cruises, Fishing
Charters, and Swamp Tours.
6.
Number of Signs Permitted:
a.
The number of specific service sign structures permitted shall not exceed a
maximum of four (4) sign structures along the approach to an interchange.
b.
Specific service signs with directional distance information shall be
erected along the ramp approaching the crossroad for all participating
businesses not readily visible.
7. Trailblazer Signs:
a.
Where turns are necessary after exiting an interchange onto the crossroad
and the business is still not visible, trailblazer signs will be required at all
turns until the business is visible.
b.
Trailblazer signs are to be installed prior to installation of ramp or
mainline specific service signs.
c.
Trailblazer signs not on MDOT right-of-way shall not be installed until
appropriate written approval has been obtained from the jurisdiction
having authority for sign placement.
d.
The business will be responsible for furnishing the business sign used on
the trailblazer assemblies.
e.
Access roads to the business must be all weather roads clear of
obstructions that could damage a vehicle while traversing that route.
Special Requirements
The selection by Contractor or MDOT of businesses to be initially displayed on the
specific service signs will be made from the businesses conforming to the provisions of
the eligibility criteria on a first-come first-served basis. The number of business signs
permitted on a sign panel shall be as per the current edition of the MUTCD. Businesses
must also meet the distance requirements from each approach independently in order to
be signed on each approach. All distance criteria are to be determined in accordance with
this Rule. MDOT shall in no way be held responsible or liable for removal of any
business sign panel.
The priority of business sign locations on the mainline specific service sign will be
established based on a first-come first-served basis with the business being assigned the
highest vacant priority slot available on the date the completed application is submitted.
The order of priority on mainline signs will be in vertical columns beginning at the top
left and ending at the bottom right. Single row signs shall begin at the left.
The specific service signs shall be fabricated and installed by MDOT or by MDOT’s
Contractor. All business signs will be furnished by the business and shall be
manufactured in accordance with MDOT standards or special specifications and/or
supplements thereto, for both materials and workmanship.
No business may alter in any form or fashion the layout of the business sign or the actual
business signs once they have been approved by the MDOT Program Administrator.
Contractor or MDOT will be responsible for reviewing business sign layouts to assure
their conformance with MDOT requirements
If under contract, the Contractor may be required to submit proposed business sign
layouts to the MDOT Program Administrator for approval. Upon approval of a specific
business sign layout by the MDOT Program Administrator, it will not be necessary for
Contractor to submit the approved business sign layout.
When one or more businesses located at an interchange meeting the eligibility
requirements agree to participate in the logo signing program, the general motorist
service sign shall be removed. The general services not included in the logo signing
program but available at the interchange shall be signed for using an independently
mounted symbolic service sign suspended beneath the advance guide sign as directed by
MDOT. MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor will be responsible for the relocation, mounting,
and all necessary supports and hardware based upon approved by the MDOT Program
Administrator. If under contract, MDOT will provide the symbolic service sign panel(s)
as required at no cost to the Contractor.
If a participating business is found in non-compliance with the eligibility or other criteria,
the business shall be notified by certified mail and given thirty (30) days to correct them.
If a participating business in found in non-compliance on a second occasion, the
business’ agreement with MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor is immediately terminated and
the business signs shall be removed from the specific service signs and returned to the
business. MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor’s agreement with each business must include
this requirement.
MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor will be required to remove, relocate, replace, or otherwise
modify existing logo program signs as required by MDOT construction or maintenance
operations. This will be done at MDOT’s or MDOT’s Contractor’s expense.
Construction and Maintenance
General
1.
Existing System
Specific service signs, business signs, and trailblazer signs in place and scheduled
for installation, replacement, or maintenance shall continue to be the
responsibility of MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor after execution of the Contract.
All logo program signs, except business signs, shall remain or become the
property of MDOT. MDOT’s approval of the construction shall constitute
transfer of ownership of new signs and supports to MDOT. MDOT’s Contractor
shall not own any sign systems within MDOT right-of-way.
2.
New Sign Construction
Marketing efforts required of MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor, new location
availabilities and the allowance of Attraction signs, will require new signs to be
installed and possible modifications or removal of existing signs. It is the
responsibility of MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor to perform necessary business
and sign inventories and integrate new sign construction or modifications into the
Logo Sign Inventory.
3.
Inventory
MDOT maintains records of specific service signs and business signs; however, it
is MDOT’s Contractor’s responsibility to develop a field inventory of all existing
signs showing location, size, and type of signs in place at or prior to the time of
contract execution. This basic information is required to determine necessary sign
modification, addition, or replacement required as a result of the marketing
process. MDOT’s Contractor shall maintain and update said inventory on a
regular basis each quarter.
4.
Sight Clearing
a.
All existing, modified, or added specific service signs or trailblazer
locations shall be cleared or provided to allow full view by an approaching
motorist of total sign surfaces at the distances shown below:
b.
MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall flag the trees to be cut prior to
submitting a site plan. An approved site plan shall be obtained from the
MDOT Program Administrator prior to performing any tree, limb, brush,
vegetation, or any other clearing operations. Under NO circumstances
shall MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor cut, trim, or alter in any form
magnolia trees that exist on state right-of-way.
c.
Because MDOT’s Contractor will pay MDOT for the marketable timber
cut in accordance with an approved site plan, the MDOT Program
Administrator will initiate a cruise of said timber. Upon receipt of the
cruise document(s), the MDOT Program Administrator shall submit the
cruise document(s) to MDOT’s Contractor for payment. MDOT’s
Contractor shall make the check payable to the MDOT Program
Administrator. Approval of the site plan by the MDOT Program
Administrator will be contingent upon receipt of payment for the
marketable timber.
d.
It will be the responsibility of MDOT’s Contractor to dispose of the
vegetation cut or trimmed in accordance with an approved site plan. The
right-of-way shall be cleared of the vegetation and all stumps cut flush
with the surrounding surface. MDOT’s Contractor shall strictly adhere to
the approved traffic control plan for such operations.
5.
Site Plans
Prior to beginning any construction or maintenance operation, site plans for
proposed construction or maintenance shall be developed and submitted for
approval as directed by MDOT. The site plans shall be developed by interchange
for each mainline approach, exit ramp, and loop or crossroads where trailblazer
signs are required. The plans may be line drawings not to scale contained on 8-
1/2” x 11” sheets. The following information is to be provided as a minimum:
a.
A line drawing, showing the mainline approach and exit ramp and loop (if
applicable) with sufficient space to show symbols for location of proposed
and existing pertinent signs.
b.
Relative location of all existing and proposed signs.
c.
Distances from and to all existing non-specific service signs and proposed
logo program signs.
d.
Offset from edge of pavement to near edge of proposed program signs.
e.
Size and type of existing and proposed logo program signs.
f.
A title block including space for MDOT approval.
g.
A line drawing showing the trailblazer signs and location required for
businesses on that interchange approach’s specific service signs.
h.
Site clearing to be performed.
i.
General notes required by MDOT.
All work associated with an approved site plan must be accomplished by
MDOT’s Contractor within ninety (90) days of approval by the MDOT
Program Administrator.
6. Blanket Authority
a.
Immediately following the execution of the contract between MDOT’s
Contractor AND MDOT, MDOT’s Contractor shall request the MDOT
Program Administrator to furnish MDOT’s Contractor a blanket authority
to perform such work as inventories, sign location staking, cross
sectioning for support lengths, and installing, removing, or replacing
business signs. The blanket authority shall include specific requirements
and restrictions in addition to approved traffic control plans.
b.
Regardless of the work to be performed under a blanket authority or site
plan, MDOT’s Contractor shall advise the MDOT Program Administrator
and/or the appropriate MDOT District Inspector at least twenty-four (24)
hours prior to beginning work on the state right-of-way. In cases of
emergencies, MDOT will forego the twenty-four (24) hour prior
notification requirements; however, this does not relieve MDOT’s
Contractor from contacting the appropriate MDOT personnel as soon as
possible.
7. Traffic Control
a.
Traffic control plans shall be developed by MDOT’s Contractor for each
preconstruction, construction, and maintenance activity, and submitted to
the MDOT Program Administrator for approval. These plans shall show
signs, channelizing devices, flashing lights, etc., as required for operations
on and off the shoulder of the mainline approaches, ramp and loop
approaches, and trailblazer location (generally two-lane and two-way).
b.
All operations requiring different traffic control shall be identified by
MDOT’s Contractor and specific traffic control plans developed for
MDOT approval. MDOT’s Contractor shall obtain input and MDOT
approval for traffic control devices required for preconstruction
operations.
8. Sign Support Sizes
The size of steel beams utilized for support of mainline and ramp specific
information signs shall be determined by MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor utilizing
the design process provided by the MDOT Program Administrator. Calculations
for each sign support shall be kept on record for review by MDOT as required.
9. As-Built Plans
MDOT’s Contractor shall provide the MDOT Program Administrator two (2) sets
of as-built plans within ninety (90) days of completion of interchanges. These
plans may consist of site plans corrected to show actual sign locations and types.
New Construction
1.
New sign or modified existing sign construction shall be determined by MDOT
or MDOT’s Contractor following a systematic inventory and marketing process.
Estimated quantities shall be shown in Contractor’s proposal, if under contract.
2.
Location of signs shall conform to the longitudinal, transverse, and vertical
clearances specified in the standard plans and typical layout sheets. These
controls include distance between signs, offsets from edges of pavement, and
vertical clearances from pavement and ground surfaces.
3.
Work shall be performed in a systematic orderly process by route through the
Districts. MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall develop a proposed schedule of all
work, including site plan development, showing beginning and ending dates for
statewide coverage on all routes. These schedules will also be presented to the
MDOT Program Administrator for approval prior to beginning of any
preconstruction or construction activity.
Refurbishing Specific Service Signs, and Business Sign Replacement
1.
Beginning on July 1, 2005, MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall systematically
refurbish the background panel sheeting of signs so that one-fifteenth (1/15th) of
the existing program inventory is refurbished during each year of the Contract
term. A report including this information will be provided quarterly and annually
as required. It is MDOT’s or MDOT’s Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate
field determination of actual signs to be refurbished with the MDOT Program
Administrator. The final determination of specific service signs and business
signs to be refurbished or replaced will be made by MDOT personnel prior to
beginning construction at an interchange. Contractor shall determine by
marketing what type and number of signs will be required to accommodate
business participation and shall provide through construction, refurbishing, or
modification those specific service signs required and shall replace those business
signs determined by MDOT to be replaced provided these businesses continue to
participate. New business signs added by marketing or new participation shall be
provided by the business and installed by MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor.
2.
Site plans for refurbishing, modification, or business sign replacement shall be
provided as outlined and may be shown on the site plans for new construction. It
is intended that only one site plan per interchange approach be provided.
3.
The proposed schedule of work shall be inclusive of all refurbishing,
modification, and business sign replacement work. It is intended that all
construction required at an interchange and for initial statewide construction
coverage be performed as MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor proceeds with work
through an interchange as shown on the proposed and final approved work
schedule. This does not preclude sporadic construction required as a result of
participation by businesses that decide to participate at later dates.
Removal of Existing Specific Signs
1.
As MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor proceeds with marketing and determination
of sign types required by anticipated business participation, certain existing
specific service signs may require removal. MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor
shall remove these signs and all salvageable material shall be delivered to the
appropriate MDOT District Office and become the property of MDOT. The
MDOT District Inspector will advise where to deliver material.
2.
MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall remove all foundations and stubs to one
foot below normal ground line. Holes shall be back-filled with dirt and
compacted to leave a finished ground line to match existing. MDOT may require
MDOT’s Contractor, at his own expense, to reseed or sprig bare
surfaces
dependent upon size of disturbed area.
Maintenance
1.
General
If under contract, Contractor shall after execution of the Contract continue to be
responsible for the maintenance of the existing logo program sign system.
Contractor shall maintain all existing signs and supports and all new signs and
supports for the life of the contract.
2. Routine Maintenance
a.
MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall inspect all sign surfaces annually to
determine adequate legibility and retro-reflective performance. These
inspections may be subjective nighttime appraisals; however, in case of
differences of opinion by MDOT’s Contractor and MDOT personnel, final
determination will be made by MDOT using a retro-reflectivity measuring
instrument furnished by MDOT’s Contractor and used as directed by the
sheeting manufacturer. Inspections shall be documented.
b.
Signs and supports shall be inspected annually to determine integrity of
the support and hanging system. Bolts shall be re-torqued as required and
any noticeable rust spots, sheeting damage, loose rivets, vandalism
damage, etc., shall be repaired. Inspections shall be documented.
c.
Sight distance as initially required and outlined in this Rule shall be
maintained for the life contract. Inspections and efforts to maintain sight
distance requirements shall be documented.
d.
All logo program sign surfaces shall be cleaned as needed. Cleaning shall
be performed as recommended by the manufacturer of the retro-reflective
sheeting and shall be documented.
3. Emergency Maintenance
a.
Sign damage that poses an immediate danger to the traveling public shall
receive immediate attention. When MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor
becomes aware of the sign damage, action shall be initiated immediately
to remove the danger to the public.
b.
MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor shall then initiate procurement of materials
and make necessary repairs. Sign repairs requiring ordering of materials
from suppliers outside the local area shall be accomplished within thirty
(30) days from the date of awareness. Sign repairs requiring materials
available from Contractor’s stock or locally available shall be performed
within five (5) days from date of awareness of need. The intent of this
section is to allow reasonable time for procurement of materials; however,
Contractor should make reasonable efforts to have stockpiled or readily
available sources of materials for maintenance.
c.
The MDOT District Maintenance personnel will cooperate with
Contractor by advising of needed sign or support maintenance that they
notice. Contractor shall provide the appropriate MDOT personnel with
names and emergency phone number of Contractor’s maintenance
personnel that will respond to maintenance requirements.
Sign Design and Composition
1. Sign Panels
The sign panels shall have a blue background with a white reflectorized border.
The size of the sign panel shall not exceed the minimum size necessary to
accommodate the maximum number of business signs permitted using the
required legend height and the interline and edge spacing specified in the current
edition of the MUTCD.
2. Business Signs
The principal legend should be at least equal in height to the directional legend on
the sign panel.Where business identification symbols or trademarks are used
alone for a business sign, the border may be omitted, the symbol trademark shall
be reproduced in the colors and general shape consistent with customary use, and
any integral legend shall be in proportionate size. Messages, symbols, and
trademarks which resemble any official traffic control device are prohibited. The
vertical and horizontal spacing between business signs on sign panels shall not
exceed 8” and 12” respectively.
3. Legends
All directional arrows and all letters and numbers used in the name of the type of
service and the directional legend shall be white and retro-reflectorized.
4. Single Exit Interchange
The name of the type of service followed by the exit number shall be displayed in
one line above the business signs. At unnumbered interchanges, the directional
legend NEXT RIGHT (LEFT) shall be substituted for the exit number. The
“GAS”, “FOOD”, “LODGING”, “CAMPING” or “ATTRACTION” specific
service signs shall be limited to a maximum of six (6) business signs.
5.
Double-Exit Interchanges
The specific information signs shall consist of two (2) sections, one for each exit.
The top section shall display the business signs for the first exit and the lower
section shall display the business signs for the second exit. The name of the type
of service followed by the exit number shall be displayed in a line above the
business signs in each section. The number of business signs on the sign panel
(total of both sections) shall be limited to six (6) for each type of service. At
unnumbered interchanges, the legends NEXT RIGHT (LEFT) and SECOND
RIGHT (LEFT) shall be substituted for the exit numbers. Where a type motorist
service is to be signed for at only one (1) exit, one (1) section of the specific
service sign may be omitted, or a single-exit interchange sign may be used.
Sign Size
1.
Specific Service Signs
Sizes for specific service signs for each type service are described herein.
2.
Business Signs
a.
Each business sign displayed on the “GAS” specific information sign shall
be contained within a 48” wide and 36” high rectangular background area,
including border.
b.
Each business sign on the “FOOD”, “LODGING”, “CAMPING”, and
“ATTRACTION” specific information signs shall be contained within a
minimum 48” wide and 36” high rectangular area, including border.
c.
Legend. All letters used in the name of the type of service and the
directional legend shall be 10” capital letters. Numbers shall be 10” in
height.
d.
Ramp Signs
i.
Each business sign displayed on the ramp specific information sign
shall be 24” wide and 18” high for “GAS” and a minimum of 24”
wide and 18” high for “FOOD”, “LODGING”, “CAMPING”, and
“ATTRACTION”. Maximum sign size shall be governed by the
current edition of the MUTCD.
ii.
The legend on the ramp business sign shall be the same only
proportionately smaller.
Materials
1.
General
a.
All materials to be used for sign fabrication, support fabrication, and
foundation materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 721 of
the current MDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, as amended by special provisions and/or special
specifications.
b.
The basis of acceptance of all materials included in this section shall
conform to the requirements of Section 721 of the current MDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, as amended by
special provisions and/or special specifications.
c.
In addition to the above general requirements, the reflective sheeting, sign
substrate, and sign supports shall conform to the specific requirements as
described in this Rule.
2.
Retro-reflective Sheeting
a.
Specific service signs background, border, and copy shall be ASTM type
III sheeting.
b.
Specific service signs border and copy may be either direct applied or
demountable ASTM type III sheeting.
c.
Business sign sheeting shall be ASTM type III sheeting.
d.
Business sign copy, symbols, and border may be provided by silk
screening with appropriate inks. This production process shall meet the
requirements of the sheeting manufacturer.
3.
Sign Substrate
All signs shall be fabricated with aluminum.
4.
Sign Supports
a. Mainline and ramp specific service sign support shall be steel beams
fabricated for slip base breakaway design as detailed in the standard plans.
b. Trailblazer sign assemblies shall be steel posts for small signs. MDOT’s
Contractor may submit to the MDOT Program Administrator an alternate
breakaway sign support system for approval when the number of trailblazer
signs dictates such a system.
Fees and Agreements
Annual Fees, Installation Fees, Quarterly Reporting, Annual Reporting, Termination
Agreement, Appeals, Books and Records, Applicable Laws, Annual Payments to the
Department, Ownership of the Specific Service Sign Program at Expiration of
Termination of the Contract Assignment, Supplemental Agreements and Remedies,
Indemnity and Insurance, Surety Performance Bonds, Responsibility of MDOT,
Authorization, Conflict of Interest, Entire Agreement, Covenant Against Contingent Fees
and Lobbying, and Employment of Commission’s Personnel shall be in accordance with
the current contract for the Administration of Mississippi Logo Sign Program.
Procedures
1000 MDOT or MDOT’s Contractor’s Representative will furnish the business with a permit
application and the “Guide and Specifications for Logo Design and Fabrication”. The
Representative’s responsibilities will include the following:
1.
Thoroughly explain the program to the applicant.
2.
Advise the applicant what information must be submitted to the Representative.
3.
Advise the applicant not to have his business signs fabricated until the applicant
receives an approved permit application.
1001 The applicant must complete the permit application and have prepared a sign layout of
their business sign.
1002 The applicant must submit to the Representative the completed permit application sign
layout, and a check to cover the installation fee which will be equivalent to the current
installation fee times the number of business sign(s) to be installed by the Department’s
Contractor on Department right-of-way.
1003 The Representative should review the permit application, the check, and the sign in order
to determine if the appropriate information is shown and correct.
1004 The Representative will advise the applicant as to whether the layout was approved or
denied. If the layout is denied, specific reasons for the denial will be provided.
1005 If the layout is approved, the Representative will furnish the applicant a copy of the
approved permit application.
1006 If the layout is denied, the applicant must resubmit a new sign layout to the
Representative. This process will continue until such time the layout is approved.
1007 The Representative will furnish the applicant with a copy of the approved permit
application and advise him that he may proceed with having his business signs fabricated.
1008 The sign manufacturer must fabricate the business sign(s) in accordance with the
specifications and shall have them delivered to the Representative in accordance with
current instructions from the Representative.
1009 The applicant must submit the remaining balance to the Representative within thirty (30)
days after the date of the invoice. Failure to do so will result in the termination of the
permit and the removal of the business signs.
1010 Sites for the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and MUTCD information
is available at mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. Any other publications may be viewed during regular
business hours at the MDOT Administration Building.
Sub-Part 8101 – Administration
Chapter 00001 Types of Highways
Purpose
To Define the Types of Highways Constructed
Three (3) types of highways and four (4) types of access control are defined.
TYPE 1. FREEWAY
A freeway is defined as a highway or section thereof with full control of access which has
been designated as such by order of the Commission. On Freeways, no vehicular access
from the abutting property to the through traffic lanes is permitted except at interchanges
constructed at intersecting streets and highways. Frontage roads may be constructed on
controlled access highways and where constructed vehicular access from the abutting
property to the frontage road will be permitted. The frontage road will then carry such
traffic to a cross road or street with an interchange for entry into the through traffic lanes.
Pedestrians crossing controlled access highways at grade is not permitted. Utility lines
may be located on the right of way of controlled access highways when such location
conforms with the requirements of the American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials’ Policy on the Accommodation of Utilities on Freeway Rights-
of-Way and the regulations set out in the Standard Operating Procedures. Freeways may
be developed by stage construction.
TYPE 2. PARTIALLY CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAYS
Partially controlled access highways or sections thereof vary in degree of control
according to the traffic problems present or anticipated. They are defined as follows:
A. Highways or sections thereof designated by the Commission as TYPE 2A may have
frontage roads - constructed on one or both sides of the highway or rights of way may be
or have been provided for future construction of frontage roads on one or both sides of
the highway. Until such frontage road or roads are constructed, vehicular access from
abutting property directly to and from the traffic lanes may be permitted in the same
manner as for conventional highways unless the right of access was purchased with the
right of way. Upon construction of the frontage road or roads, vehicular access from
abutting property may be permitted into the frontage road only and then is brought into
the through traffic lanes over intersecting streets and highways or over approved
connections of the frontage road with the through traffic lanes. The rights of way of
TYPE 2A highways may be used for the construction and maintenance of utility lines and
other approved installations in accordance with the Department’s Standard Operating
Procedures.
B. On highways or sections thereof designated by the Commission as TYPE 2B vehicular
travel from and to through traffic lanes is permitted only at established entrances and
exits. The abutter’s access rights between such entrances and exits has been or is to be
purchased with the rights of way. Rights of way purchased so as to deny access from
abutting property may be used for the construction and maintenance of utility lines;
however, such construction and maintenance must be accomplished without vehicular
travel from and to the traffic lanes or ramps and comply with the Department’s Standard
Operating Procedures.
TYPE 3. CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS
Conventional highways are those highways consisting of two traffic lanes or divided
highways with two or more lanes in each direction without frontage roads on either sides,
and which have not been designated by the Commission as either Freeways or Partially
Controlled Access Highways. On conventional highways, vehicular ingress and egress
from abutting property directly to and from the through traffic lanes is permitted. The
rights of way conventional highways may be used for the construction and maintenance
of utility lines or other approved installations in accordance with the Department’s
Standard Operating Procedures.
This policy is based on:
Section 65-5-7 of the Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated
www.sos.state.ms.us/ed_pubs/mscode/
Chapter 00002 - Toll Facilities
Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish: the exemptions for certain Users of Toll Facilities,
the parameters regarding the issuance of toll evasion citations, the penalties to those
Users of Toll Facilities who evade tolls, a civil administration adjudication system, and a
mechanism to approve the toll regime of each Toll Facility authorized by Sections 65-43-
1 through 39 and Sections 65-43-71 through 85 of the Mississippi Code of 1972 (the
“Code”), as amended from time to time (collectively, the "Toll Road Act").
Definitions
"Department" means the Mississippi Department of Transportation.
210 "Processing Agency" means a Toll Facility Operator designated by the Department
responsible for the processing of notices to be sent pursuant to the Toll Road Act and the
processing of toll collections.
220 "Toll Facility" means any road or bridge for which tolls are charged for the use thereof.
230 "Toll Facility Operator" means any private company contracting with the Department to
collect tolls for the use of any toll road or bridge as authorized under the Toll Road Act.
240 "User(s)" means the registered owner of a vehicle traveling on a Toll Facility or any
portion thereof.
Users Exempted from Paying Tolls
Pursuant to the Toll Road Act and this Rule, no persons are permitted to use any Toll
Facility without the payment of tolls, except as designated in the Toll Road Act and
except for the persons operating the following:
1.
Marked and unmarked law enforcement vehicles;
2.
Fire and rescue vehicles when responding to an emergency; and
3.
Public and private ambulances when responding to an emergency.
The Department shall be permitted to use a Toll Facility without payment of tolls in order
to fulfill the Department’s duties and responsibilities pursuant to the contract governing
such Toll Facility and as provided in each contract governing that particular Toll Facility.
With the prior written approval of the Department, the Toll Facility Operator may
temporarily exempt Users of a Toll Facility or suspend tolls during a designated start-up
period or during other promotional campaigns.
Issuance of a Notice of Toll Evasion
Pursuant to Code Section 65-43-73(2), a User is found to have evaded tolls when any of
the following occur:
1.
In the event a User of the Toll Facility who has established an account with the
Toll Facility Operator and who uses the electronic toll lanes but fails to pay its bill
within 30 days of receiving an invoice, such failure to pay shall be grounds for
issuance of a Notice of Toll Evasion to the registered owner of the motor vehicle
in accordance with the procedures specified in Code Section 65-43-73(2).
2.
In the event a User of the Toll Facility who has not established an account with
the Toll Facility Operator and who uses the electronic toll lanes and thereby fails
to pay its bill the applicable toll, and who fails to pay the invoice for such toll
within 30 days of the date of the invoice for such toll, such failure to pay shall be
grounds for issuance of a Notice of Toll Evasion to the registered owner of the
motor vehicle in accordance with the procedures specified in Code Section 65-43-
73(2).
3.
A User of the Toll Facility who has not established an account with the Toll
Facility Operator, who uses the cash toll lanes and who does not have sufficient
cash to pay the toll will be allowed to use the Toll Facility upon such User
providing its information, which includes name, address and license plate number,
to the Toll Facility Operator. The Toll Facility Operator shall cause the
Department or the Processing Agency, if the Department has appointed a
Processing Agency, to send an invoice to such User and if such User fails to pay
its invoice within 30 days of the date of the invoice, such failure to pay shall be
grounds for issuance of a Notice of Toll Evasion to the registered owner of the
motor vehicle in accordance with the procedures specified in Code Section 65-43-
73(2).
Schedule of Toll Evasion Penalties
Pursuant to Code Section 65-43-73(2), the Department, or the Processing Agency if the
Department has appointed a Processing Agency, shall assess the following civil penalties
to the registered owner of any vehicle driven on a Toll Facility without the payment of
the toll:
1.
Upon the issuance of a Notice of Toll Evasion (as defined in Section 600.1,
herein), the registered owner of the vehicle shall be liable for the outstanding toll
and a $20 penalty per violation.
2.
Upon the failure of a registered owner to pay the toll, penalty and administrative
fee to the Department or the Processing Agency, if any, within 14 days after the
conclusion and issuance of a final order of a hearing officer pursuant to the
procedures established in Section 600 of this rule, the Department or the
Processing Agency, if any, shall assess the registered owner an additional penalty
of $30 for each violation.
3.
Upon failure of a registered owner of a vehicle to satisfy any toll, penalty or
administrative fee resulting from a final order or orders of liability relating to five
(5) or more toll violations within a calendar year, the Department or the
Processing Agency, if any, shall assess the registered owner an additional penalty
of $50 to the fifth violation and to each subsequent violation within that one
calendar year.
All criminal penalties for failure or refusal to pay any toll shall be governed by Section 65-
43-6 and not by this Rule.
Civil Administrative Adjudication System
Pursuant to Code Section 65-43-77, the Department is establishing a system of
civil administrative adjudication for the contesting of toll violations. This section
describes the administrative appeal process when a registered vehicle owner
chooses to contest a Notice of Toll Evasion. The intent of the administrative
adjudication process is to secure a just and final administrative decision.
1.
Notice of Toll Evasion - The Department or the Processing Agency if a
Processing Agency has been appointed shall give a notice of toll evasion violation
(the "Notice of Toll Evasion") to the registered owner in accordance with Code
Section 65-43-73(2). In addition to the information prescribed by Code
Section 65-43-73(2) and Section 65-43-75, the Notice of Toll Evasion shall
inform the registered owner of the availability of a hearing in which the violation
may be contested on its merits and the manner in which the hearing may be
conducted. The Notice of Toll Evasion shall inform the registered owner that
failure to contest the alleged violations in the manner and time provided shall be
deemed an admission of liability and that a final order of liability may be entered
on that admission. The Notice of Toll Evasion shall further state that failure to
either pay the indicated toll, penalty or administrative fee or to request a hearing
on the merits will result in a final order of liability in the amount of the toll,
a penalty and/or administrative fee indicated. The Processing Agency may
perform or execute the preparation, certification, affirmation, or mailing of the
Notice of Toll Evasion.
2.
Representation – A registered owner may represent himself or may choose to
designate an authorized representative at any point throughout the administrative
adjudication process.
3.
Written Request for Administrative Hearing
a.
The registered owner contesting a Notice of Toll Evasion must request a
hearing in writing within 30 days after the date of the Notice of Toll
Evasion. The written request for a hearing must be sent within such 30
days to the Department or the Processing Agency, if the Department has
appointed a Processing Agency, must include a statement of the relief
being sought and the amount of the toll, penalty and/or administrative fee
in dispute. The request also must include the registered owner's name,
vehicle make and model, tag number and the reason the registered owner
is contesting the Notice of Toll Evasion.
b.
The request must include the registered owner's mailing address and the
name and address of his authorized representative, if at the time of filing
the registered owner has selected such representative. If at any time
thereafter the registered owner selects an authorized representative, the
registered owner must submit the name and address of such authorized
representative to the Department or the Processing Agency, if the
Department has appointed a Processing Agency. It is the responsibility of
the registered owner contesting to provide and maintain an official mailing
address on file with the Processing Agency. Any change of address
during the administrative adjudication process must be made in writing
and addressed to the Department or the Processing Agency, if the
Department has appointed a Processing Agency.
4.
Notice of Hearing
a.
A registered owner or the authorized representative will be notified of the
hearing by mail at the last known address. The last known address will be
the mailing address provided in the written request for a hearing.
b.
The hearing notice will contain the time, place, and date of the hearing.
Notice to the registered owner or registered owner's authorized
representative constitutes notice to the registered owner or registered
owner's authorized representative.
5.
Hearing Officers – Appointment, Disqualification, Powers and Duties
a.
The Department shall appoint a hearing officer that is either (a) from the
Attorney General's office, or (b) a contracted private party or individual,
who may be an employee or duly authorized agent of the Processing
Agency, having the appropriate expertise to properly interpret and enforce
the Toll Road Act and the Department's rules and regulations.
b.
A motion to disqualify a hearing officer may be made for bias, conflict of
interest or other good cause and must be made prior to the commencement
of the hearing.
c.
The powers and duties of the hearing officer at the hearing include, but are
not limited to:
i.
presiding over the hearing;
ii.
explaining the procedures of the hearing to the parties;
iii.
ruling on the admissibility of evidence and permitting parties to
present evidence;
iv.
permitting parties to examine and cross-examine witnesses; and
v.
issuing a final order indicating his/her findings.
6.
Discovery
a.
The registered owner or its authorized representative will be permitted to
schedule an appointment to review video or photo surveillance evidence
pertaining to the Notice of Toll Evasion. These appointments shall be
made during regular business hours and shall take place at the Toll Facility
Operator's office located within the State or any other location within the
State designated by the Department or the Processing Agency.
b.
Written discovery shall be limited to the production of documents and
identification of witnesses that each party intends to introduce or call at
the hearing. Nothing in this subsection shall impose a duty upon the
Department or the Processing Agency to produce for the registered owner
copies of documents that the Toll Facility Operator had previously sent to
the registered owner.
7.
Continuance
A request for a continuance of the hearing will be routinely granted if the request
is received within 10 days after the notice of the hearing is mailed. If the request
for continuance is received beyond 10 days, then the determination to continue
the hearing will be decided by the Processing Agency, if one has been appointed,
or the Department.
8.
Hearings Format
a.
Each toll violation shall be considered a separate violation.
b.
The Department or the Toll Facility Operator may be represented by an
employee or duly authorized agent at the hearing or may proceed on the
Notice of Toll Evasion. The hearing officer shall not present any evidence
on behalf of the Department; provided, however, that the Notice of Toll
Evasion may be placed into the record by the hearing officer. A registered
owner must be present at the hearing and may represent himself or herself
or be represented by a duly authorized agent.
c.
The Department and the registered owner may introduce into evidence,
and the hearing officer may consider, all video or photo surveillance
evidence relating to the alleged violations, the evidentiary foundation for
which shall be presumed valid subject to rebuttal. A Notice of Toll
Evasion or facsimile of the notice, sworn or affirmed to or certified by a
duly authorized agent of the Processing Agency based upon an inspection
of photographs, microphotographs, videotape, or other recorded images
produced by a video or photo surveillance system, shall be admitted as
prima facie evidence of the correctness of the facts contained in the Notice
of Toll Evasion.
d.
Each party to the hearing may make an opening statement, call, examine
and cross-examine witnesses, and offer evidence for the record. Evidence
may be written or oral.
e.
Each party may make a closing argument at the conclusion of the hearing.
f.
No testimony shall be given or received at the hearing relating to
discussions, offers, counter offers, rejections or admissions at any
settlement conferences that may have occurred.
g.
Any written stipulations of the parties may be introduced as evidence at
the hearing. These stipulations shall be introduced at the beginning of the
hearing and shall become part of the record of the hearing.
h.
The Department or the Processing Agency with the Department's
approval, may, at its sole discretion, establish a process in which
registered owners may contest alleged violations by a telephonic hearing
or mail-in hearing as opposed to an in-person hearing.
i.
The hearing officer shall have full authority to conduct and control the
procedure at the hearing. The hearing officer shall not be bound by the
strict rules of evidence applicable to the courts; irrelevant, immaterial, or
unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded. Evidence not admissible
under the rules of evidence may be admitted if it is of a type commonly
relied upon by reasonably prudent persons in the conduct of their affairs.
Objections to evidentiary offers may be made, shall be ruled upon by the
hearing officer, and shall be noted in the record. Subject to these
requirements, when a hearing will be expedited and the interests of the
parties will not be prejudiced, any part of the evidence may be received in
written form. Oral testimony in in-person or telephonic hearings may be
recorded by audio or electronic means, provided that, in the event of a
recording loss or malfunction, the hearing officer may prepare a written
summary of the oral testimony for purposes of administrative review.
j.
The hearing officer shall apply a preponderance of the evidence standard
to determine registered owner's liability for the alleged violations.
k.
Upon completion of a hearing on the merits, the hearing officer shall issue
a final administrative decision setting forth his or her findings as to
liability or non-liability of the registered owner. If the hearing officer
finds for the Department or the Toll Facility Operator, the final decision of
liability shall assess the tolls, penalties and/or administrative fees that the
registered owner owes to the Department or the Processing Agency. The
final decision of liability shall state that an additional penalty of $30 per
violation will be assessed if registered owner fails to pay the proper toll,
penalty and fee to the Department or the Processing Agency within 14
days after the issuance of a final decision of liability. A final decision of
liability shall inform the parties of their right to appeal the administrative
adjudication and seek judicial review pursuant to Code Section 65-43-79
and include a statement that failure to satisfy any toll, penalty or
administrative fee imposed by the final decision of liability will be
collected as a civil penalty.
9.
Withdrawal of a Contest of a Notice of Toll Evasion
a.
A contest of a Notice of Toll Evasion before an administrative hearing
officer may be withdrawn by the registered owner or his authorized
representative filing the appeal at any time prior to issuance of the final
administrative decision. The withdrawal may be made voluntarily by the
registered owner or may occur involuntarily under the following
conditions:
i.
An involuntary withdrawal of a contest may occur as a result of the
registered owner failing to appear at a scheduled hearing, failing to
timely provide a written contest in lieu of attendance at a hearing if
such written contest is permitted, or by any other act or failure that
the Department or the Processing Agency determines represents a
failure on the part of the registered owner to pursue his contest.
An involuntary withdrawal of a contest of a Notice of Toll Evasion
will be documented by the Department or the Processing Agency if
the Department has appointed a Processing Agency.
ii.
A voluntary withdrawal of a contest must be received in writing
and sent by the person or authorized representative to the hearing
officer and the Department or the Processing Agency if the
Department has appointed a Processing Agency.
b.
Following a withdrawal of a contest of a Notice of Toll Evasion, the action
shall become final and not subject to further review by the Department or
the Processing Agency. Thereafter, the Department or the Processing
Agency on behalf of the Department shall then proceed with any action in
accordance with the Toll Road Act.
10.
Failure to Respond to Notice of Toll Evasion – Default
A registered vehicle owner who fails to either pay in full all outstanding
tolls, penalties and/or administrative fees set forth in the Notice of Toll
Evasion or to file a request for a hearing within the time permitted shall be
deemed to have admitted liability and to have waived his or her right to a
hearing and the Department or the Processing Agency, if the Department
has appointed a Processing Agency, may enter a final decision of liability
against the registered vehicle owner.
Administrative Fees
The following administrative fees shall be assessed to the registered owner and collected
by the Department or Processing Agency, if one has been appointed by the Department:
1.
Xerographic Reproductions
8½X11”
$0.25 per page
8½X14”
$0.35 per page
11X17”
$0.75 per page
2.
Microfilm Reproductions
8½X11”
$0.50 per page
Minimum charge of $2.00 per request
3.
Computer Printouts
$1.00 per page of report data
4.
Certification of Documents
$3.00 first copy or cover letter
$1.00 each additional page
5.
Video Reproductions
$10.00 first copy
$2.00 each additional copy
Additional administrative fees incidental to document production may include personnel
charges for time expended in the actual searching, reviewing and/or duplicating of
documents and if applicable, the mailing of copies of said documents and the mailing of
any and all notices. In no event will the personnel charges exceed $20.00.
Establishment of Toll Regime and Toll Schedule
The Mississippi Transportation Commission (the “Commission”) is responsible for
establishing the toll regime (which shall include a schedule of tolls), charging and
collecting tolls for each Toll Facility. Alternatively, during the term of any concession
ontract with the prior written approval of the Commission, in the Commission’s sole
discretion, the Toll Facility Operator may establish the toll regime and toll schedule,
charge and collect tolls for the applicable Toll Facility in accordance with this Rule and
the terms of such concession contract approved by the Commission in its sole discretion.
Such toll regime must include the following:
1.
User classifications;
2.
Toll collection methods;
3.
The initial amount of such tolls by classification and method;
4.
Time of day pricing, if any, and/or dynamic (congestion) pricing, if any;
and
5.
Toll escalation method.
Pursuant to Section 65-43-3(4), the Commission shall, in any case, give notice and hold a
public hearing on the toll regime for each Toll Facility and shall give notice and hold a
public hearing on any change or amendment to a previously approved toll regime. The
notice for the public hearing shall be published twice, specifically once a week for two
successive weeks in a newspaper having a general circulation throughout the State, and
no hearing shall be held less than 14 days or more than 60 days after the publication of
the first notice of such public hearing.
Chapter 00003 Access Rules
Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish: the purpose of the District Offices, maintenance
offices, project offices, and other facilities owned by the Mississippi Transportation
Commission and maintained by the Mississippi Department of Transportation under the
provisions of Section 65-1-8 of the Mississippi Code of 1972 is to provide office space
and space for maintenance facilities for agency representatives responsible for planning,
constructing, and maintaining transportation infrastructure and related tasks. MDOT
encourages input from the public; however, these offices are not public forums and
unrestricted access by persons from outside the agency cannot be allowed due to
concerns over the safety of its employees. Due to recent events, MDOT has determined
that it is necessary to establish rules governing access to the agency’s facilities.
Access Restrictions
The reception area at each District Office or any other MDOT facility having a
receptionist may be accessed by any person who has legitimate business with MDOT
during normal office hours, between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday.
The District Engineer may direct that access to the reception area be restricted by a
locking system, operated by the receptionist, who can deny entry to any person who can
state no such legitimate business.
Employees’ offices and other areas of these facilities are open to the public only by
appointment.
A visitor will be required to show a valid photo ID before being allowed into any MDOT
facility.
Any person having business to conduct with any MDOT employee located in an office
with a receptionist may identify the employee to the receptionist, by name or function.
The receptionist will call that employee, who will have the option of setting an
appointment with the visitor. At the appointed time the employee will come to the
reception area and escort the person to the proper facility within the office. At the
conclusion of business, the employee will escort the visitor back to the reception area.
Facilities which do not have a receptionist may be locked at all times. MDOT employees
will be issued key cards. A visitor wishing to conduct legitimate business with any
employee located in that facility may make an appointment with the employee, who will
escort that visitor into the facility, then out of the facility at the conclusion of business.
Under the authority contained in Section 65-1-8(c) of the Mississippi Code of 1972 entry
to restricted areas without permission or other violation of these requirements shall
constitute a misdemeanor.
Sub-Part 8120 – Consulting Services Unit
Chapter 00001 Process for advertising for, selecting, retaining, negotiating, and otherwise
administering contracts for professional services
Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to continue to allow MDOT and MTC the maximum flexibility
allowed by law in handling negotiated contractual metters relating to professional
services. At the same time, the community of potential contracting consultants will be
apprised of the existence of SOPs that will guide the staff as it performs this
descretionary function.
MDOT’s Consulting Services Unit, supported by other MDOT personnel and with the
sanction of FHWA, when appropriate, is primarily responsible for administering the
processes reated to securing professional services contracts.
Contracts for professional services shall be advertised, selected, retained, negotiated and
otherwiase administered, according to MDOT standard Operating Procedures for the
Consulting Services Unit of MDOT, and shall be subject to the final negotiated terms of
the contracts entered into between the Mississippi Transportation Commission and the
contracting parties providing professional services.
Sub-part 8301 – Roadway Design
Chapter 00001 Highway Design Standards
Purpose
To ensure the plans for each proposed highway project will be designed in accordance
with criteria best suited to serve the existing and future traffic of the highway in a safe,
effective, cost efficient and environmentally sensitive manner.
The Roadway Design Manual incorporates in one document safety criteria and design
standards or references to such standards recommended for use in highway design.
The design of all highways and related facilities must conform to the design standards
contained in the Department's Roadway Design Manual, as adopted by the Mississippi
Transportation Commission, latest edition.
This policy is based on:
The most recent version of 23 USC 109, (c), as amended
www.gpoaccess.gov/uscode/
Chapter 00002 Access Across Sight Flares at Intersections
Purpose
To ensure specified areas along intersection approach legs and across their radii shall be
clear of obstructions that might block a driver's view of potentially conflicting vehicles.
A policy restricting access at intersections to provide adequate sight distance.
Access shall not be permitted (a) across Right-Of-Way acquired for sight distance at the
intersection of roadways or (b) within the limits of the radii of intersecting roadways.
This policy is based on:
The most recent version of Section 65-5-7 of the Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated,
www.sos.state.ms.us/ed_pubs/mscode/, Mississippi Department of Transportation
Roadway Design Manual, latest edition.
www.gomdot.com/business/
Sub-part 8401 – Right of Way
Chapter 01000 Division Administration
Purpose
Designate requirements for Right of Way Division Administration
Sets out what Right of Way Division general reporting requirements are to the Federal
Highway Administration.
Federal Participation and Reporting Requirements:
In all projects, in which federal funds participate in the cost, the MDOT Right of Way
Division shall complty with the requirements of Title 23 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, as amended, and with Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) policy
directives, insofar as those policy directives direct the phases of the right of way
acquisition process.
So long as required by FHWA, an annual report shall be submitted to FHWA. This
annual report shall provide such statistical data as is required by the FHWA regulations in
effect for the date of the report.
Information on CFR may be found at www.gpoaccess.gov and information on FHWA
may be found at www.fhwa.dot.gov.
Chapter 02000 Appraisal
Purpose
Regulations for appraisers on an MDOT/ROW project
Procedures for appraisers in addition to current regulations and laws..
Notice of Owner
Within a reasonable time after receipt of an appraisal assignment, the property owner
shall be notified by reasonable means of MDOT's interest in acquiring the real property.
A reasonable effort to contact the property owner(s) and to make an appointment to
inspect the subject property with the property owner(s) shall be made. The property
owner(s) may designate a representative to meet with the appraiser.
Initial Property Owner Contact
The appraiser shall offer the property owner(s) or the property owner(s) representative a
reasonable opportunity to accompany the appraiser during the appraiser's inspection of
the property.
MDOT appraisers shall appraise in accordance with state law and appraisal standards and
shall comply with Title 23 of CFR, as amended (available at www.gpoaccess.gov).
Appraisal reports shall not be disclosed to any person or entity not authorized by MDOT.
Chapter 03000 Acquisition
Purpose
Designate rules for acquisition agents
Rules for acquisition
MDOT shall conduct its acquisition functions in compliance with Section 43-37-1, et
seq., of the Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended, and with 49CFR Part 24, as amended.
Conflict of Interest
Acquisition agents shall not have any interest, direct or indirect, in the real property being
acquired that would in any way conflict with the acquisition. The Miss Dept of
Transportation shall comply with 49CFR Part 24, as amended, and with 49-37-1, et seq.,
of the Mississippi Code of 1972, in the acquisition of property.
Initial Contact and Offer
MDOT shall make reasonable efforts to contact the property owner(s) or the authorized
representative(s) to discuss: (1) MDOT’s Fair Market Value Offer (FMVO) to purchase
the property, including the basis for the amount of just compensation; and (2) MDOT’s
acquisition policies and procedures.
Value Determination Acquisitions
MDOT may determine that an appraisal is unnecessary because the valuation problem is
uncomplicated and the fair market value is estimated at low value, based on a review of
available data. Low value is defined as not exceeding $10,000. A Value Determination
acts as the offer of just compensation. When the acquisition agent provides a Value
Determination offer of just compensation, the property owner is advised of their right to
an appraisal.
An offer to buy an uneconomic remnant property shall expire in ninety (90) days, unless
extended by MDOT.
All cites to the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and all cites to the
CFR are available at www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 03500 Relocation
Purpose
Establish rules for providing relocation assistance to those persons or businesses
displaced by a MDOT project.
Rules provide basis for MDOT to provide services to displacees in accordance with
federal and state law.
Relocation Requirements and Policies
The Right of Way Division of MDOT shall provide relocation assistance services to
those persons or businesses displaced by a MDOT project in accordance with federal and
state laws as amended.
General Notification
MDOT shall provide general information about MDOT projects and the relocation
program to persons who might be displaced. Distributing the Relocation Assistance
Guide at all related public meetings shall be to any possible displaced person or business.
Relocation Eligibility and Ninety Day Notice
MDOT issues a Relocation Eligibility and Ninety Day Notice on the same day, or as soon
thereafter as possible, as the provision of the FMVO or other offer of just compensation
to the property owner. If delivery on the same day is not possible, the Relocation
Eligibility and Ninety Day Notice is delivered within seven (7) days.
A residential displace shall not be required to move until at least ninety (90) days after
receipt of a notice of replacement housing that is available. Upon acquisition of the
dwelling, a thirty (30) day notice shall be issued to the displacee, but the thirty (30) day
notice shall not shorten the original ninety (90) day time allowed.
Eligibility for Relocation Assistance
MDOT shall comply with the eligibility requirements set forth in 49 CFR Part 24, as
amended, and with 43-30-1. et seq., of the Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
Relocation Assistance Advisory Services
MDOT shall provide a relocation assistance advisory program, which satisfies the
requirements of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC 2000d, et seq.). Title
VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968 (43 USC 3601, et seq.), and Executive Order 11063
(27 CFR 11527, November 24, 1962), and offers the services described in 49 CFR
24.205(c)(2), as amended. Relocation Agents shall provide advisory services that comply
with the regulations set forth in 49 CFR Part 24, and with Section 43-39-1 et seq. of the
Mississippi Code, as amended.
Appeals
A person or business may appeal the determination of eligibility on the services offered.
The appeal shall be in writing and addressed to Division Administration of Right of Way
Division of MDOT. The appeal shall set forth specific matters to be considered. A
written response shall be issued within 30 days from receipt of the appeal. The appealing
party may then request a hearing within 30 days of notice of the decision by the Right of
Way Administrator. The hearing officer shall be selected by the Office of the Attorney
General. The Hearing Officer shall issue a written opinion within 30 days of the date of
the hearing. An appeal of that decision shall be as prescribed by Section 43-39-25, of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
Relocation Moving Payments
Displaced parties may qualify for actual reasonable moving expenses or scheduled
expenses in accordance with regulations set forth in 49 CFR Part 24, as amended, or by
federal policy directives.
Replacement Housing Payment
A tenant or owner-occupant that meets occupancy and other eligibility requirements may
be entitled to a replacement housing payment in accordance with regulations set forth in
49 CFR Part 24, as amended, and with federal policy directives, and with Section 43-39-
1, et seq., of the Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
All cites to the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and all cites to the
CFR and US Code are available at www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 04000 Legal
Purpose
The purpose of this document is for the Mississippi Department of Transportation to
establish regulations for implementing the responsibility and authorities of the Right of
Way Division's eminent domain function and other legal functions.
Eminent Domain rules that may impact the public not covered by current law or
regulation.
MDOT shall comply with 11-27-1, et seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972, 49CFR Part
24, each as amended, and with other applicable statutes and case law of the State of
Mississippi, and with the Mississippi Rules of Civil Procedures, as amended.
All cites to the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and all cites to the
CFR are available at www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 05000 Property Management
Purpose
Describe rules for property management.
Rules for property management
The MDOT - Right of Way Division, in coordination with or as requested by the MDOT
- Environmental Division, shall identify and assess potentially contaminated properties
which may be purchased as part of roadway improvement projects in accordance with the
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), 42 U. S. C. 4321 et seq. and any
other applicable state and federal laws and regulations as amended.
The Right of Way Division shall establish an inventory of all improvements acquired as a
part of the right of way, manage a rodent control program, and clear the right of way in
accordance with 23 CFR Part 713, 40 CFR Part 61.145 National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), Mississippi Statute 65-1-123, MCA, 1972, and any
other applicable state and federal laws and regulations as amended.
All cites to the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us and all cites to the
CFR are available at www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 07100 Sale of Surplus Right of Way and Uneconomic Remnant Property
Purpose
Establish rules for sale of surplus property and uneconomic remnant property.
Rules for the sale of surplus right of way and uneconomic remnant (x-deed) property.
The sale of surplus right of way and uneconomic remnant (x-deed) property is subject to
the requirements as set forth in Section 65-1-123 of the Mississippi Code Annotated
(1972), as amended.
A transaction fee shall be added to the amount accepted by the Mississippi Transportation
Commission for the sale of surplus property or uneconomic remnant property. The
transaction fee shall be ten percent (10%) of the amount accepted. The transaction fee
shall apply to each request for surplus property or for uneconomic remnant property,
except for those transactions defined as "pre-Whitworth" transactions.
Pre-Whitworth easements are defined as all those interests in prperty acquired by the
State Highway Commission of Mississippi through Warranty Deed, Special Warranty
Deed, Quitclaim Deed or other monument of title prior to September 14, 1949. The
interest of the Mississippi Transportation Commission in any pre-Whitworth property is
valued as an easement; therefore, title to the underlying fee interest of the subject
property must be confirmed. The requestor must file suit to quiet and confirm title of the
underlying fee interest.
According to an ORDER dated November 12, 2002 and recorded in Minute Book 19 at
Page 1222 and 1223 of the official minutes of said Commission, any pre-Whitworth
easement when released at the request of the adjoining landowner or underlying fee title
holder, an amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the fair market value of the property
shall be paid by the person making such request.
All cites to the Mississippi Code are available at www.state.ms.us.
Sub-Part 8501 – Planning
Chapter 02020 Surface Transportation Program Funds for Small Urban Cities
Purpose
To establish the Department’s policy and procedures for the administration of Federal
Surface Transportation Program Funds to small urban cities
The MTC makes funds available to cities with a population of 5000 and greater. This rule
will set forth the procedures that cities must follow to receive these funds.
It will be the policy of the Mississippi Dept of Transportation, upon Mississippi
Transportation Commission approval, to provide Federal Surface Transportation (STP)
funds to cities with a population of 5,000 or greater as determined by the U.S. Census.
Upon Commission approval, the Planning Division will inform the eligible cities of funds
available and will provide assistance to the cities in the administration of their program as
required.
It will be the policy of the MDOT, that eligible cities follow program guidelines as set
forth in the Local Surface Transportation Program Project Development Manual as
amended. The current version of which is available from the MDOT website.
http://www.gomdot.com
Chapter 02030 Transportation Enhancement Program
Purpose
To establish the Department’s policy and procedures for the administration of Federal
Surface Transportation Program Transportation Enhancement Funds to Local Public
Agencies
The Mississippi Transportation Commission makes Transportation Enhancement funds
available to other state and local governments for use on eligible TE activities. This rule
will set forth the procedures that cities must follow to receive these funds.
It will be the policy of the Mississippi Dept of Transportation, upon Mississippi
Transportation Commission approval, to provide Federal Transportation Enhancement
funds to other State and local governments for eligible TE activities. The amount will be
at the Mississippi Transportation Commission’s discretion.
Upon Commission approval, the Planning Division will inform all local governments of
MDOT’s intent to accept applications for Transportation Enhancement funds. All
projects will be evaluated for eligibility under federal guidelines established in Federal
transportation legislation. The current eligibility guidelines can be found at
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov.
A committee designated by the Executive Director will review and prioritize project
applications for submittal to the Mississippi Transportation Commission. The
Mississippi Transportation Commission will make the final project selection as recorded
in their minutes.
It will be the policy of the MDOT, that the Local Public Agencies whose projects are
selected will follow program guidelines as set forth in the Local Surface Transportation
Program Project Development Manual as amended. The current version of which is
available from the MDOT website ( http://www.gomdot.com).
Chapter 02040 Urban Youth Corps Program Administration
Purpose
To establish the Department’s policy and procedures for the administration of Federal
Surface Transportation Program (STP) - Transportation Enhancement (TE) Funds for an
Urban Youth Corps Project to cities meeting the population requirement of 10,000 or
above as enumerated by the official United States Census and successfully completing
the application process for the Program.
The Mississippi Transportation Commission invites any city government with a
population of 10,000 or greater as enumerated by the official United State Census to
apply for funding approval of an Urban Youth Corps Program Project. This rule will set
forth the procedures that cities must follow to complete the application process for TE
funds through the Urban Youth Corps Program.
It will be the policy of the Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT), upon
Mississippi Transportation Commission (MTC) approval, to solicit for Urban Youth
Corps Program project applications within the Transportation Enhancement (TE)
Program established by the section 1108 (g) of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st
Century (TEA-21)( http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/tea21/h240suba.htm#1108 ) and subsequent
acts. The MDOT implements the Urban Youth Corps Program under the provision of the
National and Community Service Act of 1993, Section 106(d) which establishes the
Urban Youth Corps Program with the U.S. Department of Transportation. TEA-21
requires the U.S. DOT to encourage the use of youth conservation or service corps in the
implementation of TE activities where appropriate.
Applications for the Urban Youth Corps Program will be mailed annually to the mayors
of all eligible cities prior to the submission deadline set by the MDOT. All applications
submitted to the MDOT by the deadline will be reviewed by a committee selected by the
Executive Director of MDOT. This committee will recommend projects for funding to
the MTC. The MTC will make the final awards. Each successful applicant must provide
local matching funds or payment-in-kind of at least 20%. The Urban Youth Corps
Program utilizes federal funds that contribute up to 80% of the total project cost.
An Urban Youth Corps project is a youth employment and training service program,
established to: (1) offer meaningful full-time or productive summer work for individuals
between the ages of 16 and 25, inclusive, in urban public works or transportation settings;
(2) give the participants a mix of work experience and on-the-job training that includes a
minimum of 10% of the participants’ time for basic life skills, education, training, safety,
etc.; and (3) provide the youths with an opportunity to develop citizenship values and
skills through service to their communities and the State of Mississippi.
The TEA-21 specifies activities that are eligible for the Transportation Enhancement
Program. Potential Urban Youth Corps Program projects should meet the criteria of a
further restricted transportation enhancement activity, specific to the needs of the Urban
Youth Corps Program. The further restricted activities include:
•
providing facilities for pedestrians and bicycles;
•
landscaping and scenic beautification within highway rights-of-way or in
proximity to transportation facilities;
•
preservation or rehabilitation of historic markers, buildings, structures, or
facilities having significance to transportation; and
•
preservation of abandoned railway corridors.
A municipality may also establish a summer/part-time work program wherein the youths
work for the municipality, such as in the Public Works Department, on non-specific
projects.
Each city awarded funding through the Urban Youth Corps Program will submit only a
final invoice for payment, upon completion of the project, along with all necessary
documentation to establish proper payment by the MDOT. From this final payment, the
MDOT will deduct the city’s share of not less than 20% of the funds originally granted to
the city. For payment-in-kind which the city wishes to apply to their share, all necessary
documentation must be included with the final invoice.
Chapter 02050 Intermodal Connector Improvement Program Administration
Purpose
To establish the Department’s policy and procedures for the administration of Federal
National Highway System funds to eligible intermodal facilities.
A field inspection of Mississippi’s intermodal connectors, conducted by the Mississippi
Department of Transportation (MDOT) in 1998 resulted in the determination that
intermodal facilities across the state needed improvements. The Mississippi
Transportation Commission then made National Highway System Funds available for
these improvements.
An intermodal connector is defined as a roadway connecting intermodal facilities to a
roadway that is part of the National Highway System.
The Mississippi Transportation Commission may at their discretion make available
National Highway System Funds to eligible intermodal facilities.
Eligibility will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis when a proposed project involves
relocation, new construction, two or more intermodal connectors, or other unique
features.
The MDOT will inform eligible facilities of funds availability and solicit applications
from them to be due on a date designated each year.
After applications have been received and screened for general acceptability by the
MDOT, they will be distributed to a selection committee of intermodal facility
representatives for review and analysis. Once review and prioritization is complete, the
projects, along with their respective rationale, will be submitted to the Mississippi
Transportation Commission for final approval.
The Transportation Commission will announce the selected projects once the project
review and selection process is complete and official Commission approval has been
given.
Once applicants have been notified that their project has been approved, the project may
be initiated by following the procedures found in the Project Development Manual for
Local Public Agencies (PDM).
The applicant should submit their Project Activation Request (PAR) form to the MDOT
Planning Division within three (3) months of the date of the award notification.
Chapter 02060 Mississippi State Scenic Byways Administration
Purpose
To define a policy on how the MDOT will administer the Mississippi Scenic Byways
Program
The Mississippi Department of Transportation will administer the Mississippi Scenic
Byways Program in accordance to the procedures outlined in Section 65-41-1 et seq., of
the Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated, which can be located at www.state.ms.us.
Sub-Part 8501 – Planning
Chapter 02070 - Emergency Road and Bridge Repair Fund Program
Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to provide guidance on the Emergency Road and Bridge
Repair Fund.
This rule describes eligibility requirements, application procedures, administrative and
approval requirements for public transportation projects funded from the Emergency Road and
Bridge Repair Fund.
All cites herein refer to the most current version of the cited document.
Section 65-1-179 of the Mississippi Code of 1972 requires the Mississippi
Department of Transportation to promulgate rules and regulations in accordance with the
Mississippi Administrative Procedures Law, necessary to implement the requirements of the Act
with respect to the Emergency Road and Bridge Repair Fund (ERBRF).
300 MDOT will review and recommend awards, by way of a competitive application process,
for emergency repairs of public roads and bridges in accordance with the Act.
400 MDOT will notify eligible governmental entities of the availability of the funds
and solicit applications in a manner established by the department. Applicants are responsible for
complying with all application requirements. Current application guidelines can be found at
http://www.gomdot.com.
500 All projects meeting the application guidelines will be evaluated and selections
will be submitted to the Mississippi Transportation Commission. The Mississippi Transportation
Commission will approve the selected projects as recorded in its minutes.
Terms and conditions for completing the project will be set forth in an Emergency
Road and Bridge Repair Fund Program Memorandum of Agreement between the Mississippi
Transportation Commission and the recipient governmental entity. This agreement must be fully
executed prior to the transfer of funds.
This rule describes eligibility requirements, application procedures, administrative and
approval requirements for public transportation projects funded from the Emergency Road and
Bridge Repair Fund.
All cites herein refer to the most current version of the cited document.
The Infrastructure Modernization Act of 2018 (the “Act”), Section 8, House Bill 1 from
the 2018 First Extraordinary Session, requires the Mississippi Department of Transportation to
promulgate rules and regulations in accordance with the Mississippi Administrative Procedures
Law, necessary to implement the requirements of the Act with respect to the Emergency Road
and Bridge Repair Fund (ERBRF).
300 MDOT will review and recommend awards, by way of a competitive application process,
for emergency repairs of public roads and bridges in accordance with the Act.
400 MDOT will notify eligible governmental entities of the availability of the funds and
solicit applications in a manner established by the department. Applicants are responsible for
complying with all application requirements. Current application guidelines can be found at
http://www.gomdot.com.
500 All projects meeting the application guidelines will be evaluated and selections will be
submitted to the Mississippi Transportation Commission. The Mississippi Transportation
Commission, by unanimous vote, will approve the selected projects as recorded in its minutes.
Terms and conditions for completing the project will be set forth in an Emergency Road
and Bridge Repair Fund Program Memorandum of Agreement between the Mississippi
Transportation Commission and the recipient governmental entity. This agreement must be fully
executed prior to the transfer of funds.
Chapter 03010 Highway Noise Studies
Purpose
Provides policies and procedures to implement the Mississippi Department of
Transportation (MDOT) Highway Traffic Noise Policy, which was approved by the
Federal Highway Administration, 23 Code of Federal Regulations Part 772 (23 CFR
772), on November 25, 1996.
Noise considerations are a part of the planning, design, and construction of highways.
The planning phase considers alternate alignments to minimize noise impacts; the design
phase considers site-specific measures of noise impacts; and during construction,
emphasis is on minimizing disruption from construction noise. This policy will address
both phases.
PURPOSE
Provides policies and procedures to implement the Mississippi Department of
Transportation (MDOT) Highway Traffic Noise Policy which was approved by the
Federal Highway Administration, 23 Code of Federal Regulations Part 772 (23 CFR
772) (http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_03/23cfr772_03.html or www.dot.gov
) on November 25, 1996. This policy was developed to serve as a guide in the
consideration of highway traffic noise and highway traffic noise abatement in the
planning, design, and construction of highways.
Noise considerations are a part of the planning, design, and construction of highways.
The planning phase considers alternate alignments to minimize noise impacts; the design
phase considers site-specific measures of noise impacts; and during construction,
emphasis is on minimizing disruption from construction noise.
Two project types are specified in 23 CFR 772 as follows: Type I - defined as “a
proposed Federal or Federalaid highway project for the construction of a highway on new
location or the physical alteration of an existing highway which significantly changes
either the horizontal or vertical alignment or increases the number of through-traffic
lanes”; Type II - defined as “a proposed Federal or Federal-aid highway project for noise
abatement on an existing highway”. A Highway Traffic Noise Impact Study must be
conducted for all Type I projects. The MDOT does not develop or implement Type II
projects.
If during highway project construction noise impact is expected to occur, abatement
measures to be considered include traffic management measures; alteration of horizontal
and vertical alignments; acquisition of property rights for construction of noise barriers;
construction of noise barriers; acquisition of property or interest therein to serve as buffer
zones; and noise insulation of public use or nonprofit institutional structures to meet
interior standards.
The option presently given the most frequent consideration by MDOT and FHWA for
abating noise impacts is the construction of noise barriers on highway rights-of-way in
the area between the shoulder and the right-of-way limits. 23 CFR 772.11(e) requires that
“before adoption of a final environmental impact statement or finding of no significant
impact, the highway agency shall identify noise abatement measures which are
reasonable and feasible and which are likely to be incorporated in the project”. MDOT
considers the detailed policies and procedures contained in SECTION V of this document
to be consistent with FHWA guidance and with 23 CFR 772.
Proper planning, design, and construction of highways can help reduce the impact of
highway traffic noise; however, much of the burden for reducing highway traffic noise
impact should involve control of vehicular noise at the source and proper land use
planning and development to minimize noise sensitive development near highways. Since
MDOT does not have any authority over vehicular noise or land use planning and
development, MDOT can only encourage local, state, and Federal agencies having
authority over vehicular noise, land use planning, and development to help reduce
highway noise impact.
I. HIGHWAY TRAFFIC NOISE IMPACT STUDY
MDOT will conduct a Highway Traffic Noise Impact Study for each alternative of Type I
projects under detailed study. This study will be re-evaluated and updated during each
subsequent phase of project development. The study will include the following:
1. Identification of existing and planned noise sensitive land uses. An inventory will
be made of all existing activities, developed lands, and undeveloped lands for which
development is planned, designed, and programmed, which may be affected by noise
from the proposed highway. Proposed development will be considered planned,
designed, and programmed on the date of issuance of building permits.
2. Determination of existing noise levels. The determination of existing noise levels at
the existing and planned noise sensitive land uses will be made by measuring and/or
predicting Leq noise levels for the traffic characteristics which yield the worst hourly
traffic noise impact on a regular basis. Normally at least one measurement will be
made for every 20 noise sensitive land uses identified. Each house, church, school,
apartment building, etc, will normally be considered to be a separate noise sensitive
land use; however, several trailer houses in a trailer park or several businesses in the
same building may be considered to be a single noise sensitive land use. Each
measurement will be made for a period of at least fifteen minutes with an ANSI-Type
2 or better sound level meter or analyzer. Predictions will be made using a prediction
method approved by the FHWA.
3. Prediction of design year noise levels. The Leq noise levels will be predicted at
existing and planned noise sensitive land uses for each alternative under detailed
consideration including the no build alternative. The predictions will be made using a
prediction method approved by the FHWA. The predictions will be made for the
traffic characteristics which yield the worst hourly traffic noise impact on a regular
basis.
4. Determination of traffic noise impacts. Traffic noise impact will be determined at
each existing and planned noise sensitive land use by comparing the predicted design
year noise level with the Noise Abatement Criteria (NAC) of 23 CFR 772 and with
the existing noise level. If the predicted design year noise level approaches (comes
within 1 dBA) or exceeds the NAC noise impact will occur. Noise impact will also
occur if the predicted design year noise level substantially exceeds the existing noise
level (15 dBA or greater).
5. Examination and evaluation of alternative noise abatement measure s for
reducing or eliminating noise impacts. Noise abatement measures such as traffic
management measures, changes in horizontal and vertical alignments, acquisition of
property for buffer zones, noise insulation of public use or nonprofit institutional
structures and construction of noise barriers will be considered. The feasibility and
reasonableness of noise barriers is covered in detail in Section V.
6. Preparation of noise study report. A detailed noise study report will be prepared if
noise impact is expected to occur at any locations along the route of the proposed
project. If noise impact is not expected to occur in the vicinity of the proposed
project, a short summary type noise study report will be prepared. The following will
normally be included in a detailed noise study report:
• INTRODUCTION
• SUMMARY OF RESULTS
• FUNDAMENTALS OF SOUND AND NOISE
• NOISE IMPACT CRITERIA
• NOISE LEVEL MEASUREMENTS
• NOISE LEVEL ESTIMATES
• TRAFFIC
• EXISTING NOISE ENVIRONMENT
• DESIGN YEAR NO-BUILD ALTERNATIVE NOISE ENVIRONMENT
• DESIGN YEAR BUILD ALTERNATIVE NOISE ENVIRONMENT
• TRAFFIC NOISE ABATEMENT
• CONSTRUCTION NOISE ABATEMENT
• FHWA POLICY REGARDING LAND USE DEVELOPMENT AND
FUTURE NOISE
• ABATEMENT
• TABLE NO. 1 EXTERIOR NOISE LEVELS
• TABLE NO. 2 TRAFFIC DATA AND Leq CONTOURS
• MAP PROPOSED PROJECT
II. COORDINATION WITH LOCAL OFFICIALS
The lack of consideration of highway traffic noise in land use planning and development
at the local level has added to the highway traffic noise problem. Many developments
now experiencing high noise levels were constructed adjacent to major highways long
after these highways were proposed and constructed. Since MDOT does not have
authority over land use planning and development, MDOT can only encourage local
officials and developers to consider highway traffic noise in the planning, zoning, and
development of property near existing and proposed highways.
In order to help local officials and developers consider highway traffic noise in the
vicinity of proposed Type I projects, MDOT will include a copy of the noise study report
in the Categorical Exclusion (CE), Environmental Assessment (EA), Finding of No
Significant Impact (FONSI), or environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed
project.
III. FEASIBILITY AND REASONABLENESS OF NOISE BARRIERS
FOR TYPE I HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
FEASIBILITY
Feasibility deals with engineering considerations -- that is, can a substantial noise
reduction be achieved given the conditions of a specific location. Is the ability to achieve
noise reduction limited by: (1) topography; (2) access requirements for driveways, ramps,
etc.; (3) the presence of local cross streets; or (4) other noise sources in the area, such as
aircraft overflights? All these considerations affect the ability of noise barriers to achieve
an actual noise reduction.
It is state policy that construction of a noise barrier is NOT FEASIBLE if a noise
reduction of a least 5 dBA cannot be achieved.
REASONABLENESS
Reasonableness is a more subjective criterion than feasibility. It implies that common
sense and good judgment have been applied in arriving at a decision. Reasonableness
should be based on a number of factors, with regard for all of the individual, specific
circumstances of a particular project. It is state policy that the final determination of
reasonableness will be made only after a careful and thorough consideration of a wide
range of criteria. However, noise barriers will definitely not be built if a majority of
affected residents do not want them.
The following criteria will normally be used to determine the reasonableness of a noise
barrier:
1.
Each barrier should reduce the noise level by at least 5 dBA at 4 or more
residences that are expected to receive noise impact. It is state policy that
construction of a noise barrier is NOT REASONABLE unless the noise barrier
will reduce the noise level by at least 5 dBA at 4 or more residences that are
expected to receive noise impact.
2.
The residences were constructed or the building permits were issued before the
date of public knowledge of the proposed highway project. It is state policy that
construction of a noise barrier is NOT REASONABLE if the residences were not
constructed or the building permits were not issued before the date of public
knowledge of the project. The date of public knowledge is the date the public is
officially notified of the adoption of the location of a proposed highway project.
This date is considered to be the date of approval of CEs, FONSIs, or RODs when
considering highway traffic noise and highway traffic noise abatement.
3.
A majority of impacted residents who will benefit from the noise barrier want a
noise barrier (conduct a public meeting for impacted residents who would benefit
from a noise barrier, then conduct a survey or obtain a letter from local officials or
a community group stating residents’ desire; also, encourage local officials to
include highway traffic noise in the land use planning process for added noise
abatement consideration). It is state policy that construction of a noise barrier is
NOT REASONABLE unless a majority of impacted residents who will benefit
(a noise reduction of 5 dBA or more) from the noise barrier want a noise barrier
even if all other criteria indicate that a noise barrier is reasonable.
4.
The barrier cost is no more than $20,000/residence. All residences with noise
reductions of 5 dBA or more will be counted. Each apartment unit will be counted
as 1 residence. The barrier cost will include the cost of construction (material and
labor), the cost of additional right-of-way, the additional cost of relocating
utilities, and any other costs associated with the barrier.
5.
The housing development predated initial highway construction -- “most”
impacted homes were built before construction of the present highway.
6.
The future build noise levels are at least 66 dBA. Even if the noise levels are
expected to increase by more than 15 dBA noise barriers should normally not be
constructed unless the future build noise levels are at least 66 dBA.
7.
The future build noise levels are at least 5 dBA greater than the existing noise
levels.
8.
The future build noise levels are at least 3 dBA greater than the future no-build
noise levels.
9.
Additional factors which can not be anticipated may also be considered in
determining the reasonableness of a noise barrier, for example: (1) animal
migratory paths; (2) existing zoning; (3) the potential for land use change in the
area; (4) controls put in place by local officials to control incompatible
development adjacent to highways; and (5) cultural resources such as historic
places.
IV. EXTENUATING CIRCUMSTANCES
There may be extenuating circumstances where unique or unusual conditions warrant
special consideration of highway traffic noise impacts and/or implementation of noise
abatement measures. These circumstances could involve areas such as (1) those that are
extremely noise-sensitive, (2) those where severe traffic noise impacts are anticipated, or
(3) those containing Section 4(f) resources. Extenuating circumstances will be considered
on an individual basis.
On June 18, 1996, the MDOT adopted a Highway Noise Policy. Also adopted within this
policy is a Noise Barrier Evaluation form, which is the standard utilized by the
Department. This form may be obtained by contacting the State Planning Engineer at
Post Office Box 1850, Jackson, MS 39215.
Chapter 04010 Procedures for the sale and distribution of maps
Purpose
To define the policy on the sale of maps.
The Planning Division’s primary purpose for producing maps is for use in transportation
planning processes. Special maps are produced as planning tools for legislative use,
management decisions, and other divisions. Other general State, county and city maps
produced by the Division are available to the Department and the Federal Highway
Administration employees for use in accomplishing their work assignments. They are
offered for sale as a public service. The prices charged are primarily the cost of
reproduction and distribution and do not include development costs. These maps are
accurate for planning purposes only. Also, general highway maps and traffic count maps
at the city, county, and state level may be viewed and downloaded free of charge in
Adobe Acrobat (pdf) format via MDOT’s internet web site http://www.goMDOT.com
The Department will provide State, county and city planning maps to Department
employees in carrying out their official duties at no cost. The employees of the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the State and Local Public Agency employees funded
under U.S. DOT programs are also provided planning maps for carrying out their official
duties at no charge.
The Department will participate in a mutual exchange arrangement with Federal agencies
that prepare and/or distribute maps and aerial photographs. The Department will also
participate in a mutual exchange arrangement with State and Local agencies when there
is a written agreement between the Department and the agency which identifies the
products exchanged and the time period.
Other maps are offered for sale as a public service. The prices charged are primarily the
cost of reproduction and distribution and do not include development costs. These maps
are accurate for planning purposes only. Also, general highway maps and traffic count
maps at the city, county, and state level may be viewed and downloaded free of charge in
Adobe Acrobat (pdf) format via MDOT’s internet web site http://www.goMDOT.com
ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS
Maps may be examined and purchased at the MDOT Administration Building, 401 N.
West Street, Room 1067 from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday except
holidays. The Maps are available by mail and may be ordered from the following
address:
Map Sales
Mississippi Department of Transportation
P O Box 1850
Jackson, MS 39215-1850
A booklet describing the maps and prices is available and can be obtained from the above
sources. This booklet, “A Policy on the Sale of Maps”, contains concise information and
is periodically updated so that it contains current information. For your convenience,
order forms are available. If you desire to send a letter or invoice, it is important that you
indicate the quantity, map description and scale desired along with a check or money
order for the total amount plus $4.00 mailing charge.
Note: Make check or money order payable to Mississippi Department of Transportation
(not Map Sales).
Map Sales Telephone Number: (601) 359-7045.
Chapter 05010 Traffic Count Requests
Purpose
To establish the Department’s policy and procedures for the administration of traffic
counts in accordance with requests from the general public and government officials
Administration of traffic counts (i.e. – volume, classification, etc) in accordance with
requests from the general public and government officials will be based on the
Mississippi Department of Transportation’s resource availability (i.e. – budget, personnel
and time) and available traffic data.
Based on the availability of budget, personnel and time, the Mississippi Department of
Transportation will determine the administration of traffic counts by the following
categories of requestors:
• Public –Traffic count requests will be directed towards either the online traffic
volume maps on goMDOT.com which are based on the published traffic volume
books or the statistics books if further information is needed. If the requests
involve large amounts of data from the publication, the requests will be directed
to map sales where the publications can be purchased. No traffic data for the
current year will be provided to the requestors, since data analysis will be done at
the beginning of the following year. This is to ensure that the most accurate
information based on statistical analysis is provided to the requestors. In addition,
requests for sites to be counted will not be adhered due to the loss of efficiency
and functionality of the established traffic counting program as a result of
resource divergence.
• Local Government (City, County, etc) and Other State Governmental Agencies -
Traffic count requests will be directed towards either the online traffic volume
maps on goMDOT.com which are based on the published traffic volume books or
the statistics books if further information is needed. If the requests involve large
amounts of data from the publication, the requests will be directed to map sales
where the publications can be purchased. Current year traffic data will only be
provided with the disclaimer stating that the traffic data was derived from
statistical factors from previous years. Requests for sites to be counted will have
to be part of projects or studies involving but not limited to economic
developments, environmental impacts and traffic modeling.
Chapter 06010 Highway System and Urban Area Boundary Revisions
Purpose
To document the procedure by which highways, roads, and streets are grouped into urban
area boundaries in Mississippi.
RURAL AND URBAN AREA DEFINITIONS
A. The urban boundary shall, as a minimum, encompass the entire urban place or
urbanized area designated by the Bureau of the Census. All urban development
contiguous to the designated urban place shall be included. Urban development shall be
considered as dense residential, commercial, and governmental land use. Examples of
development that shall be included are: airports, subdivisions, commercial areas,
shopping areas, sewage treatment facilities, schools, parks, etc. Urban areas shall not
include large tracts of undeveloped land; however, small areas of undeveloped land may
be included in order to eliminate excessive offsets or jags in the urban boundary. Urban
areas are divided into two categories:
1. Small Urban Areas which are those urban places as designated by the Bureau of the
Census having a census population of 5,000 or more that are not within any urbanized
area.
2. Urbanized Areas as designated by the Bureau of the Census with a census population
of 50,000 or more.
B. Rural areas comprise the areas outside the urban boundaries of small urban and
urbanized areas.
FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
Highway functional classification is the procedure by which highways, roads, and streets
are grouped into classes or systems according to their usage by the public. Recognition
that individual roads do not serve traffic independently, that most traffic involves
movement through a network of roads, is basic to the functional classification process.
Access to abutting land at the beginning or end of travel are characteristics of road
networks. Functional classification defines the part each road plays in a rural or urban
network. Three broad classes of rural and urban road systems are defined: Arterials,
Collectors, and Locals.
This directive is issued to provide guidance in meeting the requirements of the
Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21) enacted June 9, 1998 and
additional Federal transportation legislation. For additional details refer to “Highway
Functional Classification Concepts, Criteria and Procedures”, revised March 1989, U.S.
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration as amended. (
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/planning/fcsec1_1.htm )
The MDOT computer database records and the Official Urban Boundary and Highway
Functional Classification Map Atlas shall be maintained by PLD. Copies of the latest
maps are available by request
URBAN BOUNDARY REVISION PROCEDURE
A. Requests for urban boundary revisions may be submitted to PLD by responsible local
officials or be initiated by PLD. All requests to PLD for urban boundary revisions (and
related changes in functional classifications at the proposed boundary relocation) must
include adequate maps showing existing population density or other urban criteria. All
requests must be accompanied by supporting documentation and must have the approval
of the chief elected official of each incorporated municipality affected by the proposed
revision and the County Board of Supervisors. In urbanized areas all requests must be
submitted through the MPO.
B. Upon receipt of a request with complete documentation, PLD will forward the request
to the appropriate District for their concurrence. PLD will then forward the request with
all documentation to the Executive Director for approval and submission to FHWA.
C. Upon receipt of FHWA approval, PLD will revise the official map(s) and databases.
Copies of revised maps will then be distributed when prints are available.
FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION REVISION PROCEDURE
A. Requests for functional classification revisions may be submitted to PLD by
responsible local officials or be initiated by PLD. All requests to PLD for functional
classification revisions must include adequate maps showing proposed changes in
compliance with the requirements herein and must be accompanied by supporting
documentation. Proposed rural changes must have the approval of the County Board of
Supervisors and the concurrence of the Office of State Aid. Proposed urban changes
must have the approval of the chief elected official of each incorporated
municipality affected by the requested revision. In urbanized areas all requests must be
submitted through the MPO. Supporting documentation must include current and/or
projected traffic volumes, land access service, and vehicle miles of travel or any other
criteria used to establish functional classification.
B. Upon receipt of a request with complete documentation, PLD will forward the request
to the appropriate District for their concurrence. PLD will then forward the request with
all documentation to the Executive Director for approval and submission the FHWA.
C. Upon receipt of FHWA approval, PLD will revise the official map(s) and databases.
Copies of revised maps will then be distributed when prints are available.
EXTENT OF FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS
A. Rural Functional Classifications Systems:
Table II-2 of the FHWA Highway Functional Classification Manual shall be used as a
general quantitative guideline to classify roads. The mileage guidelines shall have
precedence over VMT percentages. Each county shall be considered separately in using
the guidelines. For each county, the total mileage of the rural Arterial and Collector
Systems shall not exceed 37 percent of the county’s total rural mileage.
B. Urban Functional Classifications Systems:
Table II-3 of the FHWA Highway Functional Classification Manual shall be used as a
general quantitative guideline to classify roads. The mileage guidelines shall have
precedence over VMT percentages. Each small urban or urbanized area shall be
considered separately in using the guidelines. For each small urban or urbanized area, the
total mileage of the Urban Arterial and Collector Systems shall not exceed 35 percent of
the total urban mileage.
Sub-part 8601 – Research
Chapter 01001 Collection of Pavement Condition Data by a Contractor
Purpose
To outline a procedure for securing a contract for collection of condition data by a
contractor.
MDOT’s pavement management system (PMS) condition data is collected once every
two years. The contract is secured according to the rules for engineering services
contracts, through MDOT’s Consultant Services Division.
MDOT collects pavement management system (PMS) condition data on the entire state-
maintained highway system using a data collection contractor. The data is used to
support MDOT’s PMS, which is guided by 23 CFR Section 500.106 (available at
www.gpoaccess.gov) and the American Association of Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO) Pavement Management Guide (2001, which can be purchased from
AASHTO, 444 N. Capitol St. NW, Suite 249, Washington, D.C. 20001 or may be
reviewed at the MDOT Administration Building). This data collection contract is
considered to be an engineering services contract. Research Division drafts a contract
complete with a Scope of Work, to be used as guidelines for interested vendors. The
vendor is selected and the contract payments are made through the Consultant Services
Division according to Rule No. 37.I.8120.00001.
Chapter 01002 Provision of Pavement Condition Data to Parties Outside MDOT
Purpose
To outline a procedure for providing information regarding pavement condition to
interested parties.
An entity outside MDOT who wishes to obtain pavement condition data from MDOT’s
Pavement Management System (PMS) needs to contact MDOT’s Legal Division, who
will then request the information from Research Division’s pavement management unit.
On occasion entities outside MDOT request pavement condition information in the form
of reports and/or video. The interested party must contact MDOT’s Legal Division and
state the reason for obtaining the information. Legal Division will then contact the
Research Engineer, who will then have the pavement management unit furnish the report
and/or video to the interested party. A fee of $36.00 will be charged for recording VHS
tapes, DVDs or other electronic media, and a fee of $0.25 per page will be charged for
copying paper reports. MDOT reserves the right to charge additional fees if personnel
time, mailing, and other duties involved in procuring the information become prohibitive.
Chapter 01003 Collection of Friction Data
Purpose
To establish a rule for the collection of pavement skid/friction data.
Pavement friction tests are required on Federal-Aid projects having a minimum of 1000
feet of newly constructed hot-mix asphalt (HMA) pavement surfacing. Skid tests are also
done upon request to the State Research Engineer.
Skid tests are part of MDOT’s overall obligation to provide safe roads for the traveling
public. Pavement friction tests are required on all MDOT Federal-Aid projects having a
minimum length of 1000 ft. of newly constructed hot-mix asphalt (HMA) pavement
surfacing. Friction tests are also performed upon written request to the State Research
Engineer. Exceptions include the following: a project with an overall posted speed limit
below 40 mph, projects wherein the roadway layout does not allow for a minimum of two
individual readings, and a situation hazardous to life or property. Skid testing will be
performed and reported in accordance with the American Society of Testing & Materials
(ASTM) E274 (available at www.astm.org).
Chapter 02003 Strategic Highway Research Program (SHRP)
Purpose
Explanation of MDOT's involvement in the Strategic Highway Research Program
(SHRP).
According to the Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA) A Guide to Federal-Aid
Highway Programs and Projects (FHWA Publication FHWA-IF-99-006, May 1999,
referred to as "Guide" in this document), SHRP "provided for the FHWA, in consultation
with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO), to carry out research, development, and technology transfer activities
determined to be strategically important to the national highway transportation system.
According to the Guide, SHRP was created by Section 128 of the Surface Transportation
and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987 (1987 STURAA, Public Law 100-17)
and is provided for in 23 U.S.C. 503 (a)(6). SHRP was continued under ISTEA 1991
(Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act), and TEA-21 (Transportation Act for
the 21st Century) authorized additional funding for SHRP implementation and the long-
term pavement performance (LTPP) study. Mississippi, Texas, and Pennsylvania were
the lead states at the outset of the program. The study included General Pavement Study
(GPS) sites and Specific Pavement Study (SPS) sites. Beginning in 1987 as a 20-year
study, LTPP consisted of collecting data on these sites: traffic, climatic, material,
construction history, and distress data. Some sites are still being studied, while others
have been overlaid and are out of the study. The research activities carried out by SHRP
benefits every state DOT by sharing resources, information, and technological
developments. Further information can be found at
http://www.tfhrc.gov/pavement/ltpp/ppt/23.
Cites to US Code are available at www.gpoaccess.gov and cites to FHWA regulations are
available at www.fhwa.dot.gov.
Chapter 02004 Pavement Smoothness Acceptance
Purpose
To outline the procedure for acceptance of new construction and pavement overlays
based on pavement smoothness.
This rule summarizes MDOT's use of profiling equipment (profilograph and inertial
profilers) to measure pavement smoothness for new pavement construction and overlay
acceptance.
Pavement smoothness acceptance criteria for new pavement construction are outlined in
the Mississippi Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. These
specifications refer to acceptance procedures with a profilograph. Alternatively,
contractors may choose to measure smoothness with an inertial profiler (lightweight or
high-speed) to simulate Profile Index data. Contractors electing to utilize an inertial
profiler are required to perform Departmental certification procedures for inertial
profiling equipment. Any inertial profiling equipment that fails to meet the Departmental
standards for data reproducibility and repeatability will not be certified and cannot be
used for pavement smoothness acceptance testing on MDOT projects. Previously
certified inertial profilers are required to recertify periodically in accordance with
Departmental certification procedures for inertial profiling equipment. Contractors
should contact the Research Division to perform this certification and for any further
information.
Chapter 02005 Maintained Pavements
Purpose
Delineation of procedures for contractor-maintained pavements.
Maintained pavements, also known as warranty or warranted pavements, are subject to
certain guidelines. Contractors must perform remediation work if the pavement
distresses get above certain thresholds.
Maintained pavement projects are projects wherein a contractor must construct and
maintain the pavement to certain pavement distress level thresholds. Remedial actions
are required whenever distress levels are not met. The pavement is maintained by the
contractor for an agreed-upon period (generally 5, 7, or 10 years). The Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 23, Section 635.413 (which is available at www.gpoaccess.gov),
allows for warranty provisions in construction contracts.
Each maintained pavement project will be inspected once a year by MDOT Research
Division personnel. The inspection will consist of profile sensor data collection and
video images. Distress analysis will be done on a minimum of two 500-ft samples per
mile of the pavement to determine if the distress thresholds have been exceeded and
remedial action is needed by the contractor. Distress analysis will adhere to the
guidelines delineated in the Strategic Highway Research Program's Distress
Identification Manual. A conflict resolution team will be named for each project and will
consist of MDOT personnel, contractor representatives, and a mutually agreed-upon third
party to resolve any disagreements whenever necessary. The guidelines, thresholds, and
procedures are fully detailed in Special Provision 907-403 (for hot-mix asphalt) or
Special Provision 907-501 (for Portland cement concrete) to the latest edition of the
Mississippi Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as amended
(manual adopted by MDOT Commission Order on February 24, 2004).
All documents are available for review at the MDOT Administration Building.
Chapter 02007 Research Functions
Purpose
To outline the functions of MDOT's research program
MDOT evaluates research proposals, awards research contracts, and administers the
studies under the guidelines of Federal Highway Administration (FHWA).
Section 420.107, paragraph (a) of the Code of Federal Regulations states that:
A State DOT must expend no less than 25 percent of its annual SPR funds on
RD&T activities relating to highway, public transportation, and intermodal
transportation systems in accordance with the provisions of 23 U.S.C. 505(b) . . .
Each state must develop its own plan, or work program, to manage State Planning &
Research (SP&R) funds, and the plan must be approved by the FHWA Division
Administrator. Progress, including performance and expenditures, will be reported to
FHWA.
Other research functions regulated by FHWA through 23CFR Sections 420.205 and
420.207 include peer exchanges, technology transfer, RD&T (research, development and
technology) activities, pooled fund studies, RAC (Research Advisory Committee), and
NCHRP (National Cooperative Highway Research Program).
Cites are available at www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 02008 Research Division Information on MDOT Website
Purpose
To enumerate information posted on www.gomdot.com by the Research Division.
Research Division posts division information on the website, www.gomdot.com,
including state study reports research progress reports, and work programs.
MDOT's website, www.gomdot.com, contains links to division web pages. Research
Division's webpage contains information such as the research work program, progress
reports, pipe/culvert subcommittee information, and interim and final state study reports.
Research Division will add to or delete from this information as the need arises.
Sub-Part 8701 – Environmental
Chapter 01000 Scoping Meetings
Purpose
To outline procedures for the scoping review process.
Early coordination with appropriate state and federal agencies, federally-recognized
American Indian Tribes and land management entities aids in determining the type and
scope of an environmental study.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) shall perform scoping meetings
in compliance with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 23, Volume 1, Chapter
1, Subchapter H, Parts 771.111(a), (d) and (e) and Part 771.119(b), or current
amendment(s) to said Code(s).
Access to said Code may be obtained at: http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 02000 Public Involvement / Public Hearings
Purpose
To establish procedures for coordinating and conducting public hearings.
Public hearings promote public involvement during project development.
The Public Involvement / Public Hearing program of the Mississippi Department of
Transportation (MDOT) shall be conducted in compliance with the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR), Title 23, Volume 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter H, Part 771.111(h) and
Part 771.119, or current amendment(s) to said Code(s) which is available at
www.gpoaccess.gov.
Access to said Code may be obtained at: http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov.
In addition, the program shall include the following rules and/or procedures:
1. Requirement for Public Hearing
As is stated in the above referenced CFR, one or more public hearings or the opportunity
for public hearing(s) shall be provided by MDOT for any Federal-aid project which
requires:
a) Significant amounts of right-of-way, or
b) Substantially changes the layout or functions of connecting roadways or of the
facility being improved, or
c) Has a substantial adverse impact on abutting property, or
d) Has a significant social, economic, environmental or other effect, or
e) Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) determines that a public hearing is in
the public interest.
2. Notice for Public Hearing
Notices for public hearing or opportunities for public hearing shall be provided by
publication of at least two (2) separate advertisements in a newspaper having a
circulation local to the proposed project site(s). Each notice shall indicate the location of
project-related material made available for public review. A copy of each notice shall be
provided to the FHWA Administrator.
a) Public Hearing for Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) Studies: The initial
notice for public hearing involving an EIS study shall be published between 30
and 40 days prior to the hearing; the second notice shall be published between 5
and 12 days prior to the hearing. Each notice shall provide the time, date and
location of the hearing. Each notice shall also explain that the public may provide
written statements and/or other exhibits for study consideration in addition to or in
lieu of oral comments provided at the public hearing.
b) Public Hearing for all other studies: The initial notice for public hearing
involving all other studies shall be published between 15 and 21 days prior to the
hearing; the second notice shall be published between 5 and 12 days prior to the
hearing. Each notice shall provide the date, time and location of the hearing.
Each notice shall also explain that the public may provide written statements
and/or other exhibits for study consideration in addition to or in lieu of oral
comments provided at the public hearing.
c) Opportunity for Public Hearing: The initial notice of opportunity for public
hearing shall be published at least 21 days prior to the hearing; the second notice
shall be published at least 14 days prior to the hearing. Each notice shall explain
the procedure for requesting a public hearing and shall provide a deadline for said
request to be received by MDOT. MDOT shall respond to requests for public
hearing by contacting the requesting party for further communication and/or
coordination purposes.
3. Location of Public Hearing
Public hearings shall be held in a place and during a time that is generally convenient for
persons affected by the proposed project.
4. Report of Public Hearing
A transcript of the public hearing oral proceedings shall be produced and made available
for public review and/or reproduction prior to the submittal of the final environmental
study document to the FHWA Division Administrator for approval. Also provided shall
be copies of each written statement and/or exhibit submitted for public hearing.
Sub-part 8801 – Ports and Waterways
Chapter 01001 Ports Multi-Modal Transportation Improvement Program
Purpose
Provides port owners with the guidance for applying for MMTIP Funds
Application, approval and administrative requirements for port improvement projects in
accordance with the Multi-Modal Transportation Improvement Program (MMTIP),
Sections 65-1-701 through 65-1-711 of the Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The
Mississippi Code is available at www.state.ms.us.
When funds are approved for the MMTIP, the Ports & Waterways Division will notify
port owners of the availability of funds and solicit applications for projects to compete for
the available funds. Application forms prepared by the Ports & Waterways Division will
be provided with the letter of notification and submit a deadline date for receipt of
applications.
Applications will be reviewed and approved by a ten (10) member Ports Multi-Modal
Fund Committee comprised of the President of the Mississippi Water Resources
Association President who will appoint seven (7) state port directors, three (3) of whom
must be from the coastal ports and four (4) from the inland river ports, the Executive
Director of the Mississippi Development Authority (MDA), or his designee, and the
Executive Director if the Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT), or his
designee.
Upon approval of the projects by the Ports Multi-Modal Committee, the projects will be
presented to the Mississippi Transportation Commission for their approval. After
Commission approval, the Ports & Waterways Division will issue a Multi-Modal Port
Grant Agreement for acceptance by the respective port owners obligating funds for the
project and establishing the terms and conditions for accomplishing the project.
After the Grant Agreement has been executed, the Ports & Waterways will administer the
project in accordance with Sections 65-1-701 through 65-1-711 of the Mississippi Code
of 1972, as amended.
Sub-part 9001 – Professional Development
Chapter 01000 MDOT Transportation and Civil Engineering (TRAC) Program
Purpose
To describe the process for prospective Middle and High Schools to become involved in
the MDOT Transportation and Civil Engineering (TRAC) program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation provides the Transportation and Civil
Engineering (TRAC) program to Middle and HIgh School classrooms in the State of
Mississippi. The TRAC program is an educational outreach program that uses hands-on
activities to expose students to Civil Engineering and other transportation related careers.
This rule explains the process for participation in the TRAC program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation provides the TRAC program to Middle
and High School classrooms in the State of Mississippi. The TRAC program is an
educational outreach program that uses hands-on activities to get students interested in
Civil Engineering and other transportation related careers.
Schools interested in particpating in the TRAC program should contact MDOT's
Professional Development Division or visit www.gomdot.com/TRAC for a copy of the
program application. Applications will be accepted through April 1 for the upcoming
school year. Any applciation received after April 1 will be considered for the following
school year. Each application must be submitted and signed by the principal/school
administrator.
Once a school has been accepted into the TRAC program all participating teachers must
attend a required 1-2 day TRAC training session. Each attending teacher then must sign
a TRAC participation agreement during the training session. Each participating teacher
must complete a utilization report once a school semester for the duration of the
agreement. Participation applications must be renewed annually.
Chapter 01500 MDOT Roadways into the Development of Elementary Students (RIDES)
Program
Purpose
To describe the process for prospective Elementary Schools to become involved in the
MDOT Roadways into the Development of Elementary Students (RIDES) program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation provides the Roadways into the
Development of Elementary Students (RIDES) program to Elementary School
classrooms in the state of Mississippi. The RIDES program is an educational outreach
program that uses hands-on activities to expose students to Civil Engineering and other
transportation related careers. This rule explains the process for particpation in the
RIDES program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation provides the RIDES program to
Elementary School classrooms in the state of Mississippi. The RIDES program is an
educational outreach program that uses hands-on activities to expose students to Civil
Engineering and other transportation related careers.
Schools interested in particpating in the RIDES program should contact MDOT's
Professional Development Division or visit www.gomdot.com/RIDES for a copy of the
program application. Applications will be accepted through April 1 for the upcoming
school year. Each application must be submitted and signed by the principal/school
administrator.
Once a school has been accepted into the RIDES program all participating teachers must
attend a required 1-2 day RIDES training session. Each attending teacher then must sign
a RIDES participation agreement during the training session. Each participating teacher
must also complete a utilization report once a school semester for the duration of the
agreement. Particpation application must be renewed annually.
Chapter 02000 MDOT Litter Prevention Educational Program
Purpose
The purpose is to describe the process for entities such as prospective schools, Head Start
Centers, daycares, libraries, community organizations, civic clubs, local governments,
and businesses to request a litter prevention presentation.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation has litter prevention program
representatives to provide educational presentations to schools, Head Start Centers,
daycares, libraries, community organizations, civic clubs, local government entities, and
businesses. This rule explains the process of requesting a presentation.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) has litter prevention program
representatives to provide educational presentations to schools, Head Start Centers,
daycares, libraries, community organizations, civic clubs, local government entities, and
businesses.
Those interested in scheduling a litter prevention presentation should contact the MDOT
office in their area. Contact information is available on the MDOT internet,
www.gomdot.com/antilitter.
Chapter 02100 MDOT Inmate Litter Removal Program
Purpose
The purpose is to describe to prospective county and city governments the process of
becoming involved with the MDOT Inmate Litter Removal Program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Inmate Litter
Removal Program to county and city governments interested in partnering with MDOT to
remove litter from the State’s rights-of-way in the participating county or city. This rule
explains the process of how to obtain a Memorandum of Understanding with the
Mississippi Transportation Commission in order to participate in the program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Inmate Litter
Removal Program to county and city governments to remove litter from the State’s
rights-of-way in the participating county or city.
Those county and city governments interested in obtaining a Memorandum of
Understanding with the Mississippi Transportation Commission in order to participate in
the program should contact the MDOT office in their area. Contact information is
available on the MDOT internet, www.gomdot.com/antilitter.
Chapter 02200 MDOT Adopt-A-Highway Program
Purpose
The purpose is to describe the process for prospective citizens, groups, organizations and
businesses of how to become involved with the MDOT Adopt-A-Highway Program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Adopt-A-Highway
Program to citizens, groups, organizations, and businesses to remove litter from the
State’s rights-of-ways. This rule explains the process of how to obtain an agreement with
the Mississippi Transportation Commission in order to participate in the program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Adopt-A-Highway
Program to citizens, groups, organizations, and businesses to remove litter from the
State’s rights-of-ways.
Those interested in obtaining an agreement with the Mississippi Transportation
Commission to participate in the program should contact the MDOT office in their area.
Contact information is available on the MDOT internet, www.gomdot.com/antilitter.
Chapter 02300 Adopt-An-Interchange Program
Purpose
The purpose is to describe the process for prospective county and city governments of
how to become involved with the MDOT Adopt-An-Interchange Program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Adopt-An-
Interchange Program to county and city governments to beautify the interchanges,
intersections, and related area. The rule explains the process of how to obtain an
agreement with the Mississippi Transportation Commission in order to participate in the
program.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation (MDOT) provides the Adopt-An-
Interchange Program to county and city governments to beautify the interchanges,
intersections, and related area.
Those county and city governments interested in obtaining an agreement with the
Mississippi Transportation Commission in order to participate in the program should
contact the MDOT office in their area. Contact information is available on the MDOT
internet, www.gomdot.com/antilitter.
Sub-Part 9201 – Financial Management
Chapter 01000 Vendor Payment Processing
Purpose
To define vendor payment processing.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation incurs expenditures when it accepts goods
or services from a vendor and arranges for payment to be made at a later date. MDOT
follows the procedures for processing payments according to guidelines set by the
Department of Finance and Administration and as mandated by Mississippi Law.
The processing of vendor payments are governed by the provisions of the most current
version of the Mississippi Agency and Accounting Policies and Procedures Manual,
Sections 11.10 through 11.40, as amended, and Section 31-7-303 (1) & (2) of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
This information can be located at www.mississippi.gov.
Chapter 02000 Intergovernmental Transfers
Purpose
To define Intergovernmental Transfers.
Intergovernmental transfers are payments made to other Mississippi state agencies as
reimbursements for goods and / or services provided to the Mississippi Department of
Transportation.
The processing of all intergovernmental transfers is governed by the provisions of the
most current version of the Mississippi Agency and Accounting Policies and Procedures
Manual, Section 11.20.30, as amended. This information can be located at
www.mississippi.gov.
Chapter 03000 Accounting for Infrastructure
Purpose
Accounting for Infrastructure
The Mississippi Department of Transportation will record and report depreciation of
major infrastructure assets as defined by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board,
under Statement 34, as amended.
The Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) is responsible for developing
standards of state and local governmental accounting and financial reporting that guide
and educate the public.
GASB Statement 34, (Basic Financial Statements – and Management’s Discussion and
Analysis - For State and Local Governments) establishes financial reporting standards for
state and local governments, including providing information which states the amount the
State of Mississippi has invested in capital assets.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation has assisted the Department of Finance
and Administration by providing the method in which infrastructure assets will be
depreciated based on historical cost.
MDOT has established a policy to record, depreciate and report financial information of
infrastructure assets in compliance with the guidelines of the most current version of the
Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement 34, as amended. This
information can be located at www.gasb.org.
Chapter 04000 Electronic Transactions
Purpose
To set forth the statuatory basis for electronic payments made and received by the
Mississippi Department of Transportation.
This rule gives statuatory guidance for electronic payments allowed under the Uniform
Electronic Transactions Act (UETA) codified at the most recent version of sections 75-
12-1, et seq., Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated, as amended.
MDOT, pursuant to Section 75-12-35, Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated, as amended,
and available at www.mississippi.gov, in order to promote more efficient operations,
may accept payments for various fees, permits and services in electronic form in
accordance with the UETA and the Department of Finance and Administration Official
Policy for State Agencies Acceptance of Electronic Payments as issued August 22, 2001,
or as may be amended (the DFA policy). Both current and new applications deployed by
MDOT for acceptance of electronic payment must be consistent with the DFA policy and
must be approved by DFA in advance of deployment. Electronic authorizations for
transactions initiated under MDOT applications for payment of fees, services and permits
are valid, and the electronic approval is considered an electronic signature and is valid
and enforceable under the terms of the UETA. MDOT, pursuant to Section 75-12-35, in
order to promote more efficient contractual arrangements, may contractually agree to
make or accept electronic payments for goods or services. MDOT will also, pursuant to
Section 75-12-35, in order to promote more efficient internal operations, accept
electronic records and signatures of employees and contract workers in accordance with
this policy and the UETA.
Sub-Part 9301 – Asset Management
Chapter 00601 Disposal of Surplus Property
Purpose
This rule provides information concerning disposal of MDOT surplus property. MDOT
Surplus property is disposed of in accordance with the State of Mississippi, Department
of Finance and Administration, Office of Purchasing and Travel Procurement Manual.
MDOT Surplus property is disposed of in accordance with the current edition of the State
of Mississippi, Department of Finance and Administration (DFA), Office of Purchasing
and Travel Procurement Manual, Chapter 8, as amended. This information can be
reviewed at the DFA website (http://www.dfa.state.ms.us). Select “Statewide
Purchasing”, then “Procurement Manual”.
In association with the disposal of vehicles, there is a processing fee for replacement
titles. The fee is $25.00 plus the fee charged by the State Tax Commission as set forth in
Section 63-21-63(2) of the Mississippi Code of 1972, Annotated, as Amended.
Chapter 01901 Equipment Rental Rates
Purpose
To disclose MDOT’s procedure for determining rental rates of real and personal property
of the Department. Rental rates for MDOT vehicles and equipment are established by the
Asset Management Division in close cooperation with the Federal Highway
Administration.
Rental rates for MDOT vehicles and equipment are established by the Asset Management
Division in close cooperation with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Rental
rates are approved by the FHWA, and must be in accordance with Federal cost principles
and FHWA policy (23 CFR 635), as amended. The website for FHWA is
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov. Rental rates are a means of distributing costs to projects,
maintenance schedules, and work orders.
Chapter 02001 Equipment Specifications
Purpose
To set guidelines for writing specifications and the types of specifications to be used.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Asset Management Division establishes
guidelines regarding the writing of specifications and the types of specifications to be
used in accordance with the Mississippi Procurement Manual and the Mississippi Code of
1972.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Asset Management Division establishes
guidelines regarding the writing of specifications and the types of specifications to be
used as set forth in the most current version of the State of Mississippi, Department of
Finance and Administration (DFA), Office of Purchasing and Travel Procurement
Manual, Sections 4.101 through 4.206, as amended and Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi
Code of 1972, as amended. This information can be reviewed at the DFA website
(http://www.dfa.state.ms.us) under the statewide purchasing section and at the Secretary
of State website (www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/).
Sub-Part 9401 – Human Resources
Chapter 02010 Public Request for Organization Information
Purpose
Description of organization and how the public may obtain this information.
This rule establishes a description of MDOT’s organization which states the general
course and method of its operations, including how the public may obtain information or
make submissions/requests as required by Mississippi Code.
The public may obtain a description of MDOT’s organization from MDOT’s website
(http://www.gomdot.com). This website contains the most current organizational chart as
well as other organizational information.
The public may also obtain information or make submissions/requests as required by
Mississippi Code by writing to:
Mississippi Department of Transportation
Human Resources Division
P.O. Box 1850
Jackson, Mississippi 39215-1850
Or calling (601)359-7350.
Chapter 03060 Experience and Training Record
Purpose
Verification of education and experience.
This rule states that an applicant must fill out and Experience and Training Record and
the information is subject to verification.
Each applicant of the State of Mississippi must complete and sign an official “Experience
and Training Record” in order to qualify for a position. In doing so, the applicant has
verified, by signature, that all information is “true and complete.” As well, the applicant
acknowledges that misrepresentation may lead to rejection of application and removal
from the list of eligibles.
During the interview with an applicant, the Division/District must notify the applicant
that the information on his/her application is subject to verification.
Chapter 04010 Recruitment
Purpose
Recruitment and selection of employees.
This rule explains the process of recruitment and selection by MDOT.
It is the responsibility of the State Personnel Board and/or Human Resources Division to
recruit and retain qualified applicants for employment with the Mississippi Department of
Transportation.
To ensure that this responsibility is effectively carried out, all applicants interested in
employment with the Department must submit a completed State of Mississippi
Experience and Training Record. The Experience and Training Record is evaluated by
the State Personnel Board.
If an applicant meets the minimum requirements for the position for which they are
applying, the State Personnel Board will administer skill, aptitude and/or other
examinations, as required. If an applicant does not pass an examination on their first
attempt, he/she may request to take the exam a second time. An applicant may retest
three (3) times within six (6) months from the date of the first test.
In order to fill a vacant position exempt from the Selection Process of the State Personnel
Board, the District/Division will accept completed Experience and Training Records
from applicants, select a qualified applicant, and forward all required documents to the
Human Resources Division.
Chapter 09020 Cooperative Education Program
Purpose
Define policy and procedures for co-op program applicants
This rule establishes guidelines for applicants to the Cooperative Education Program.
Applicants for this program must be accepted by and registered with the Co-Op office of
the Cooperative Education Program at the university with which the Mississippi
Department of Transportation has a sponsored Cooperative Education Program in Civil
Engineering.
Applicants/Employees in this status will be hired and terminated in accordance with the
dates agreed upon between the Human Resources Division and the
applicant’s/employee’s sponsoring Co-Op office.
Chapter 09030 Pilot Program
Purpose
Define policy and procedures for pilot program applicants
This rule explains how students are selected for the MDOT Pilot Program.
Applicants for this program shall fill out an application through the Civil Engineering
Department at the participating universities. These applications shall be submitted to the
Mississippi Department of Transportation from the participating universities after being
evaluated by the university professors.
After accepting the qualified applications, MDOT’s selection committee will choose the
most qualified applicants to fill the positions they have based on their budget for the
upcoming fiscal year.
Sub-part 9501 – Procurement
Chapter 00505 Performance Bond Requirements for Equipment and Commodities
Purpose
Performance Bond Requirement for the purchase of equipment and commodities.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission Order dated 08-22-89, found at
Minute Book 107, Page 599 of the Official Minutes of the Mississippi Department of
Transportation Commission (Performance Bond requirements).
Performance Bonds will be required in accordance with Mississippi Transportation Order
dated August 22, 1989 found in Minute Book 107, Page 599 of the Official Minutes of
the Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission as amended. This
Commission Order may be viewed at 401 North West Street in the Secretary to the
Commission’s Office.
Chapter 00510 Bid Bond Requirements for Equipment
Purpose
Bid Bond Requirement for the purchase of equipment.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission Order dated 02-27-73, found at
Minute Book 97, Page 405 of the Official Minutes of the Mississippi Department of
Transportation Commission (Bid Bond requirements).
Bid Bonds for equipment purchases will be required in accordance with Mississippi
Transportation Order dated February 27, 1973 found in Minute Book 97, Page 405 of the
Official Minutes of the Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission as
amended. This Commission Order may be viewed at 401 North West Street in the
Secretary to the Commission’s Office.
Chapter 00515 Legal basis for MDOT Procurement Actions
Purpose
Define the legal basis for Mississippi Department of Transportation procurement actions.
The laws and regulations mandated by The Office of Purchasing and Travel, under the
Department of Finance and Administration, for use by the Mississippi Department of
Transportation Procurement Division.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow purchasing
regulations established by the Office of Purchasing and Travel as mandated by the most
current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The
Office of Purchasing and Travel Procurement Manual can be located at
www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and The Mississippi Code of
1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/ .
Chapter 01000 Public Access to Procurement Information
Purpose
To set guidelines for public access to Mississippi Department of Transportation’s
procurement information.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow the
rules, guidelines and procedures as set forth in the most current version of the Mississippi
Procurement Manual, Section 1.301, as amended, and as mandated by the most current
version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will provide public
access to all procurement information as set forth in the most current version of the
Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 1.301 as amended, and in Section 25-61-1 et
seq., Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended, except as noted in the Mississippi
Procurement Manual, Section 1.301.01 as amended. The Mississippi Procurement
Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and
the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 02000 Established Contracts; Open-Market Purchases; Rental, Lease, and Lease-
Purchase of Equipment and Furniture; and Printing, Binding, Engraving and
Lithographing.
Purpose
To set guidelines for purchasing from established contracts; open-market purchases;
rental, lease, and lease-purchase of equipment and furniture; and printing, binding,
engraving and lithographing.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines for purchasing from established contracts; open-market purchases; rental;
lease, and lease-purchase of equipment and furniture; and printing, binding, engraving
and lithographing as set forth by the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement
Manual, section 2.103.01 through 2.103.06 as amended and as mandated by the most
current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for purchasing from established contracts such as competitive bid contracts, negotiated
contracts, and agency contracts as set forth from the most current version of the
Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 2.103.01 as amended and Section 31-7-13,
Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for purchasing from open-market purchases as set forth from the most current version of
the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 2.103.02 as amended and Section 31-7-13
et. seq., Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for purchasing regarding rental, lease, lease-purchase of equipment and furniture as set
forth from the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section
2.103.03 as amended and the most current version of Sections 31-7-10 and/or 31-7-13,
Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for purchasing commodities and equipment per standards as set forth from the most
current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 2.103.04 and Section
2.103.05 as amended and the most current version of Section 31-7-13, Mississippi Code
of 1972, as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for printing, binding, engraving and lithographing as set forth from the most current
version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 2.103.06 as amended and the
most current version of Section 31-7-13 and 31-7-15, Mississippi Code of 1972, as
amended.
The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under
statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/
Chapter 03000 Source Selection and Contract Formation
Purpose
To set guidelines for Source Selection and Contract Formation.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding source selection and contract formation processes in accordance
with the most current version of Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.101 through
3.203.17 as amended, and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1 et.
seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding source selection and contract formation processes in the most current version of
the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.101 through 3.203.17 as amended and the
most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The
Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide
purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03001 Small Purchases
Purpose
To set guidelines for procuring small purchases.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding small purchases in accordance with the most current version of the
Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.204 as amended, and as mandated by the
most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as
amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding small purchases as set forth in the most current version of the Mississippi
Procurement Manual Section 3.204 as amended and the most current version of Title 31,
Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual
can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the
Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03002 Sole Source Purchases
Purpose
To set guidelines for sole source purchases.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding sole source purchases in accordance with the most current version of
the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.205 as amended, and as mandated by the
most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as
amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding sole source purchases as set forth in the most current version of the Mississippi
Procurement Manual Section 3.205 as amended and the most current version of Title 31,
Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual
can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the
Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03003 Emergency Purchases
Purpose
To set guidelines for emergency purchases.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding emergency purchases in accordance with the most current version of
the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.206 as amended, and as mandated by the
most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as
amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding emergency purchases as set forth in the most current version of the Mississippi
Procurement Manual Section 3.206 as amended and the most current version of Title 31,
Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual
can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the
Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03004 Invitations for Bids or Requests for Proposals
Purpose
To set guidelines for cancellation of invitations for bids (IFB) or requests for proposals
(RFP).
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the cancellation of invitations for bids or requests for proposals in
accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual,
Section 3.301 as amended, and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1
et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding the cancellation of invitations for bids or requests for proposals as set forth in
the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 3.301 as
amended and the most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972,
as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us
under statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03005 Prequalification of Suppliers
Purpose
To set guidelines for prequalification of suppliers.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding prequalification of suppliers in accordance with the most current
version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.402 as amended, and as
mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code
of 1972 as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding prequalification of suppliers as set forth in the most current version of the
Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 3.402 as amended and Title 31, Chapter 7,
Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be
located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi
Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode / .
Chapter 03006 Contracts
Purpose
To set guidelines for types of contracts.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the use of the different types of contracts in accordance with the
most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.501 through
Section 3.701 as amended, and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1
et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended and as approved by the Mississippi
Department of Transportation Commission.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding the use of the different types of contracts as set forth in the most current
version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 3.501 through Section 3.701 as
amended; the most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as
amended; and as approved by the Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission.
The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under
statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 03007 Forms
Purpose
To set guidelines for use of forms as directed by Office of Purchasing and Travel.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the use of forms required by the Office of Purchasing and Travel in
accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section
3.801 as amended and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq.
of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the use forms required by the Office of Purchasing and Travel in
accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section
3.801 as amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at
www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of
1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 05000 Modifying or Terminating Contracts for Commodities
Purpose
To set guidelines for modifying or terminating a contract for commodities.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the modification or termination of a commodities contract in
accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual,
Section 5.101 as amended, and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1
et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding the modification or termination of a commodities contract as set forth in the
most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 5.101 as amended
and the most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as
amended. The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us
under statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 06000 Legal and Contractual Remedies
Purpose
To set guidelines for legal and contractual remedies.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines for legal and contractual remedies in accordance with the most current version
of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section 6.101 through Section 6.209 as
amended and as mandated by the most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the
Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended; and approved by the Mississippi Department of
Transportation Commission.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
for legal and contractual remedies as set forth in the most current version of the
Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 6.101 through Section 6.209 as amended and
the most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended;
and as approved by the Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission. The
Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide
purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at
www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 10000 Purchasing
Purpose
To set guidelines for procuring certain items (i.e., petroleum products) or when using
specialized techniques.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the procurement of certain items or using specialized techniques in
accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual, Section
10.101 through Section 10.106 as amended; as mandated by the most current version of
section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as amended; and approved by the
Mississippi Department of Transportation Commission.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow guidelines
regarding the procurement of certain items or using specialized techniques as set forth in
the most current version of the Mississippi Procurement Manual Section 10.101 through
Section 10106 as amended; the most current version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi
Code of 1972, as amended; and approved by the Mississippi Department of
Transportation Commission. The Mississippi Procurement Manual can be located at
www.dfa.state.ms.us under statewide purchasing section and the Mississippi Code of
1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/.
Chapter 10500 Information Technology Hardware, Software and Services Procurement
Purpose
To set guidelines for procuring information technology hardware, software and services.
The Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow
guidelines regarding the procurement of information technology hardware, software and
services in accordance with the most current version of the Mississippi Department of
Information Technology Services Procurement Manual, as amended, and as mandated by
the most current version of section 31-7-1 et. seq. of the Mississippi Code of 1972 as
amended.
Mississippi Department of Transportation Procurement Division will follow written
guidelines regarding the procurement of information technology hardware, software and
services as set forth in the most current version of the Mississippi Department of
Information Technology Services Procurement Manual, as amended and the most current
version of Title 31, Chapter 7, Mississippi Code of 1972, as amended. The Mississippi
Information Technology Services Manual can be located at www.its.state.ms.us and the
Mississippi Code of 1972 can be located at www.sos.state.ms.us/pubs/MScode/ .